Install to the CVS repository what I forgot to install in my
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob685571d1d5745bf5892bfaffe194bdaca560733f
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17134 16310))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36 \(fn)" t nil)
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41 \(fn)" t nil)
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46 \(fn)" t nil)
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
52 \(fn)" t nil)
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64 ;;;***
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67 ;;;;;; (17135 27233))
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73 extensions.
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
75 the file name.
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83 \\{ada-mode-map}
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
108 If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
123 \(fn)" t nil)
125 ;;;***
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128 ;;;;;; (17134 4416))
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
134 \(fn)" t nil)
136 ;;;***
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139 ;;;;;; (17134 4420))
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
148 ;;;***
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17141 22195))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
182 \(fn)" nil nil)
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218 the same person.
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222 notices.
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
245 \(fn)" t nil)
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
270 \(fn)" nil nil)
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276 or a buffer.
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
286 \(fn)" t nil)
288 ;;;***
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17140
292 ;;;;;; 65503))
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381 during preloading.
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
387 ;;;***
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17144 57913))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423 options.
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (17141 22210))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
508 \(require 'allout)
509 \(allout-init t)
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
513 ;;;***
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17145 6065))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531 Not documented
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
535 ;;;***
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17134 16310))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
541 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
559 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
561 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
563 ;;;***
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17144 6168))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
569 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
572 \(fn)" t nil)
574 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
589 ;;;***
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17134 4426))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
595 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
600 \\[yank].
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
603 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
605 the rules.
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
612 \(fn)" t nil)
614 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
616 \\{antlr-mode-map}
618 \(fn)" t nil)
620 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
624 \(fn)" nil nil)
626 ;;;***
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17097 29966))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
634 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
637 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
639 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
641 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
642 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
644 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
646 (defvar appt-audible t "\
647 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
649 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
651 (defvar appt-visible t "\
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
653 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
657 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
659 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
665 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
667 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
669 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
671 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
673 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
675 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
677 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
679 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
681 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
682 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
685 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
687 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
690 \(fn)" t nil)
692 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
693 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
700 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
701 function.
703 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
704 appointment package (if it is not already active).
706 \(fn)" nil nil)
708 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
709 Toggle checking of appointments.
710 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
711 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
715 ;;;***
717 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
718 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
719 ;;;;;; (17141 22213))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
722 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
723 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
724 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
725 normal variables.
727 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
729 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
731 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
732 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
733 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
734 noninteractive functions.
736 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
737 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
739 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
741 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
742 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
744 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
746 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
747 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
748 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
749 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
750 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
752 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
754 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
755 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
756 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
757 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
758 Returns list of symbols and values found.
760 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
762 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
763 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
764 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
765 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
766 bindings.
767 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
769 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
771 ;;;***
773 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17141
774 ;;;;;; 22215))
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
777 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
778 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
779 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
780 Letters no longer insert themselves.
781 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
782 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
784 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
785 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
786 archive.
788 \\{archive-mode-map}
790 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
792 ;;;***
794 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17141 22216))
795 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
797 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
798 Major mode for editing arrays.
800 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
801 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
802 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
804 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
806 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
807 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
808 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
810 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
811 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
812 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
813 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
814 The variables are:
816 Variables you assign:
817 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
818 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
819 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
820 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
821 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
822 row numbers in the buffer.
824 Variables which are calculated:
825 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
826 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
828 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
829 take a numeric prefix argument):
831 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
832 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
833 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
834 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
836 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
841 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
842 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
843 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
844 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
846 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
847 between that of point and mark.
849 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
850 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
852 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
853 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
854 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
855 newlines inside rows)
857 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
859 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
861 \(fn)" t nil)
863 ;;;***
865 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17141
866 ;;;;;; 99))
867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
869 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
870 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
871 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
872 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
874 How to quit artist mode
876 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
879 How to submit a bug report
881 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
884 Drawing with the mouse:
886 mouse-2
887 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
888 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
889 below).
891 mouse-1
892 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
893 or pastes:
895 Operation Not shifted Shifted
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
898 to new point
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Line Line in any direction Straight line
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Rectangle Rectangle Square
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
915 lines
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
921 Paste Paste Paste
922 --------------------------------------------------------------
923 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
924 --------------------------------------------------------------
926 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
927 or diagonally.
929 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
930 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
931 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
932 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
933 poly-lines.
935 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
936 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
937 overwrite means the opposite.
939 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
940 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
941 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
943 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
945 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
946 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
948 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
949 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
950 are currently drawing something.
952 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
953 some time to fill.
956 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
957 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
960 Settings
962 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
964 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
966 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
968 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
970 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
971 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
973 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
976 Drawing with keys
978 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
979 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
980 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
981 When erase characters: toggles erasing
982 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
983 When pasting: Pastes
985 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
987 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
989 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
990 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
991 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
992 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
993 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
994 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
997 Arrows
999 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1000 of the line/poly-line
1002 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1003 of the line/poly-line
1006 Selecting operation
1008 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1010 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1014 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1015 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1016 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1017 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1019 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1020 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1021 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1022 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1023 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1025 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1026 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1027 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1028 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1029 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1032 Variables
1034 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1035 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1037 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1038 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1039 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1040 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1041 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1042 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1043 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1044 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1045 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1046 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1047 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1048 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1049 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1050 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1051 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1052 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1053 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1054 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1055 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1057 Hooks
1059 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1060 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1063 Keymap summary
1065 \\{artist-mode-map}
1067 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1069 ;;;***
1071 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17134
1072 ;;;;;; 4426))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1075 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1076 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1077 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1079 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1080 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1081 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1082 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1084 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1085 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1087 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1088 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1090 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1092 Special commands:
1093 \\{asm-mode-map}
1095 \(fn)" t nil)
1097 ;;;***
1099 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1100 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1101 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1103 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1104 Obsolete.")
1106 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1108 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1109 This command is obsolete.
1111 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1113 ;;;***
1115 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1116 ;;;;;; (17141 22218))
1117 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1119 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1120 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1121 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1123 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1125 (put (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1127 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1128 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1129 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1130 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1131 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1132 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1133 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1134 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1135 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1136 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1138 For example:
1139 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1140 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1141 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1142 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1143 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1145 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1149 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1150 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1151 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1153 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1155 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1157 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1159 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1160 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1161 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1162 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1163 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1164 &c to supply digit arguments.
1166 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1170 ;;;***
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1173 ;;;;;; (17134 4426))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1176 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1177 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1179 \(fn)" t nil)
1181 ;;;***
1183 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1184 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17141 22218))
1185 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1187 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1189 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1191 \(fn)" t nil)
1193 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1194 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1195 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1196 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1198 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1200 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1201 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1202 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1204 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1206 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1208 (put (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1210 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1211 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1212 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1213 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1215 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1216 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1220 ;;;***
1222 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1223 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1224 ;;;;;; (17140 65506))
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1227 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1228 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1229 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1230 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1231 save the buffer too.
1233 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1235 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1237 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1238 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1239 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1240 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1241 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1242 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1244 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1245 directory or directories specified.
1247 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1249 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1250 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1251 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1253 \(fn)" nil nil)
1255 ;;;***
1257 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1258 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1259 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17144 6170))
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1262 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1263 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1265 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1266 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1267 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1268 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1269 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1273 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1274 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1276 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1277 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1279 \(fn)" nil nil)
1281 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1282 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1283 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1285 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1286 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1287 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1288 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1289 reflected in the current buffer.
1291 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1292 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1293 writing before you save the file!
1295 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1299 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1300 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1302 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1303 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1305 \(fn)" nil nil)
1307 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1308 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1309 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1311 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1313 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1315 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1317 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1318 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1320 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1321 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1322 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1326 ;;;***
1328 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1329 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17141 22221))
1330 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1332 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1333 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1334 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1336 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1338 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1340 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1341 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1342 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1343 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1345 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1346 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1347 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1349 Effects of the different modes:
1350 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1351 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1352 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1353 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1354 a random distance & direction.
1355 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1356 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1357 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1359 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1361 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1362 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1363 definition of \"random distance\".)
1365 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1367 ;;;***
1369 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1370 ;;;;;; (17140 65506))
1371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1373 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1374 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1376 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1377 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1379 For example:
1381 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1382 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1383 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1384 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1386 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1388 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1390 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1392 ;;;***
1394 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1395 ;;;;;; (17141 22221))
1396 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1397 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1399 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1400 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1401 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1402 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1404 \(fn)" t nil)
1406 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1407 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1408 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1410 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1412 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery")
1414 (put (quote display-battery-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
1416 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1417 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1418 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1419 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1420 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1421 seconds.
1423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1425 ;;;***
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1428 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17140 65506))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1431 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1432 Time execution of FORMS.
1433 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1434 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1435 FORMS once.
1436 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1437 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1438 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1440 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1442 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1443 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1444 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1445 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1446 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1448 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1450 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1451 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1452 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1453 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1454 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1456 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1458 ;;;***
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17141
1461 ;;;;;; 112))
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1464 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1465 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1467 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1469 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1470 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1471 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1472 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1474 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1475 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1476 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1477 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1478 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1480 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1481 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1484 Special information:
1486 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1488 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1489 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1490 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1491 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1492 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1493 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1494 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1495 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1496 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1497 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1498 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1500 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1501 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1502 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1503 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1504 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1505 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1506 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1507 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1509 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1511 ----------------------------------------------------------
1512 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1513 if that value is non-nil.
1515 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1517 \(fn)" t nil)
1519 ;;;***
1521 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1522 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1523 ;;;;;; (17141 6631))
1524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1526 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1528 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1529 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1530 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1532 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1534 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1535 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1537 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1539 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1540 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1542 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1544 ;;;***
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17134
1547 ;;;;;; 16310))
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1550 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1551 Play blackbox.
1552 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1554 What is blackbox?
1556 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1557 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1558 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1559 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1560 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1561 your score.
1563 Overview of play:
1565 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1566 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1567 four.
1569 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1570 movement keys.
1572 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1573 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1575 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1576 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1578 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1579 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1580 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1581 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1582 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1583 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1585 Details:
1587 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1589 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1590 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1591 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1592 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1594 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1595 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1596 denoted by the letter `R'.
1598 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1599 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1600 denoted by the letter `H'.
1602 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1603 example.
1605 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1606 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1607 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1608 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1609 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1610 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1611 ray.
1613 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1614 degree deflection it causes.
1617 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1618 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1620 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1627 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1628 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1631 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1632 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1633 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1634 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1635 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1636 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1637 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1638 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1640 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1641 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1642 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1643 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1644 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1645 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1646 emerging from the box.
1648 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1650 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1651 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1652 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1653 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1654 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1655 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1656 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1657 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1659 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1660 a reflection.
1662 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1664 ;;;***
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1667 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1668 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1669 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17144 6174))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1671 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1672 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1673 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1675 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1676 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1677 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1678 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1679 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1680 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1681 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1682 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1683 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1684 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1685 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1686 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1687 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1688 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1689 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1690 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1691 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1692 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1693 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1695 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1696 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1697 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1698 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1699 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1700 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1701 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1702 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1703 recent one.
1705 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1706 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1707 yank successive words.
1709 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1710 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1711 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1712 name of the file being visited.
1714 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1715 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1716 the list of bookmarks.)
1718 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1720 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1721 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1722 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1723 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1724 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1725 this.
1727 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1728 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1729 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1730 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1732 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1734 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1735 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1736 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1737 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1738 after a bookmark was set in it.
1740 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1742 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1743 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1744 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1745 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1747 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1749 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1751 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1752 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1753 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1754 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1756 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1757 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1758 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1760 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1761 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1762 name.
1764 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1766 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1767 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1768 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1769 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1770 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1771 this.
1773 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1775 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1776 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1777 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1778 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1779 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1780 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1781 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1782 probably because we were called from there.
1784 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1786 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1787 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1788 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1790 \(fn)" t nil)
1792 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1793 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1794 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1795 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1796 \(second argument).
1798 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
1799 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1800 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1801 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1802 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1804 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1805 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1806 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1807 `bookmark-default-file'.
1809 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1811 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1812 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1813 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1814 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1815 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1816 while loading.
1818 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1819 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1820 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1821 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1822 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1823 explicitly.
1825 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1826 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1827 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1828 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1830 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1832 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1833 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1834 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1835 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1836 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1838 \(fn)" t nil)
1840 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1842 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1844 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
1846 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1848 ;;;***
1850 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1851 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1852 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1853 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1854 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1855 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1856 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1857 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
1858 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
1859 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17134 16279))
1860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1862 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1863 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1864 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1865 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1867 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1868 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1869 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1870 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1871 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1873 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1875 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
1876 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
1878 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
1880 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1881 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1883 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
1885 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1886 Not documented
1888 \(fn)" nil nil)
1890 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1891 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1892 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1893 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1894 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1895 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1897 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1899 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1900 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1901 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1902 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1903 narrowed.
1905 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1907 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1908 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1910 \(fn)" t nil)
1912 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1913 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1915 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1917 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1918 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1919 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1920 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1922 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1924 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1925 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1926 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1927 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1931 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1932 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1933 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1934 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1935 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1936 to use.
1938 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1940 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1941 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1942 Default to the URL around or before point.
1944 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1945 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1946 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1947 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1949 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1950 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1952 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
1953 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
1954 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
1956 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1958 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1959 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1960 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1961 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1963 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1964 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1965 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1966 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1968 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
1969 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
1970 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
1972 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1973 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1978 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1979 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1980 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1982 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1983 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1984 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1985 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1987 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1988 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1989 new tab in an existing window instead.
1991 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
1997 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
1999 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2000 Firefox.
2002 When called interactively, if variable
2003 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2004 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2005 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2006 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2008 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2009 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2010 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2012 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2013 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2016 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2017 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2018 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2019 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2020 URL in a new window.
2022 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2024 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2025 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2026 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2027 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2029 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2030 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2031 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2032 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2035 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2036 new tab in an existing window instead.
2038 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2039 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2041 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2043 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2044 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2045 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2046 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2048 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2049 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2050 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2051 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2053 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2054 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2056 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2058 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2059 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2061 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2062 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2063 program is invoked according to the variable
2064 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2066 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2067 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2068 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2069 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2071 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2072 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2077 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2078 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2079 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2081 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2084 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2085 Default to the URL around or before point.
2087 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2088 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2089 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2091 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2092 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2093 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2094 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2096 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2097 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2108 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2109 Default to the URL around or before point.
2111 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2112 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2113 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2115 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2116 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2118 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2121 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2122 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2123 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2125 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2127 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2128 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2129 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2130 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2131 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2133 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2137 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2138 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2140 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2141 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2142 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2143 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2145 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2146 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2148 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2150 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2151 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2152 Default to the URL around or before point.
2154 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2156 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2157 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2158 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2159 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2160 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2161 current one.
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2165 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2166 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2169 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2171 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2173 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2174 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2175 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2176 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2177 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2178 don't offer a form of remote control.
2180 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2183 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2184 Default to the URL around or before point.
2186 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2188 ;;;***
2190 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17134
2191 ;;;;;; 16310))
2192 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2194 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2195 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2197 \(fn)" t nil)
2199 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2200 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2202 \(fn)" nil nil)
2204 ;;;***
2206 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2207 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17141 22228))
2208 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2210 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2211 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2212 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2213 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2215 \(fn)" t nil)
2217 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2218 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2219 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2220 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2222 \(fn)" t nil)
2224 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2225 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2227 \(fn)" t nil)
2229 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2230 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2231 \\<bs-mode-map>
2232 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2233 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2234 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2235 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2237 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2238 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2239 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2240 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2241 name of buffer configuration.
2243 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2245 ;;;***
2247 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2248 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17141
2249 ;;;;;; 22233))
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2252 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2253 Keymap used by buttons.")
2255 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2256 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2257 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2259 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2260 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2261 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2262 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2263 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2264 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2266 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2267 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2268 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2269 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2271 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2273 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2274 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2275 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2276 specifying properties to add to the button.
2277 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2278 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2279 `define-button-type'.
2281 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2283 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2285 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2286 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2287 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2288 specifying properties to add to the button.
2289 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2290 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2291 `define-button-type'.
2293 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2295 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2297 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2298 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2299 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2300 specifying properties to add to the button.
2301 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2302 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2303 `define-button-type'.
2305 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2306 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2307 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2308 `make-text-button'.
2310 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2312 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2314 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2315 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2316 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2317 specifying properties to add to the button.
2318 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2319 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2320 `define-button-type'.
2322 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2323 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2324 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2325 `insert-text-button'.
2327 Also see `make-text-button'.
2329 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2331 ;;;***
2333 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2334 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2335 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2336 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2337 ;;;;;; (17140 65522))
2338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2340 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2341 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2342 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2344 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2347 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2348 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2349 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2351 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2352 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2353 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2354 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2355 whether to compile it.
2357 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2359 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2360 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2362 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2364 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2365 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2366 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2367 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2368 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2370 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2372 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2373 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2374 Print the result in the echo area.
2375 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2380 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2381 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2383 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2385 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2386 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2387 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2388 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2389 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2390 all functions called by those functions.
2392 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2393 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2394 cons, etc.).
2396 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2397 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2398 invoked interactively.
2400 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2402 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2403 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2404 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2405 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2407 \(fn)" nil nil)
2409 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2410 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2411 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2412 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2413 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2414 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2415 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2416 already up-to-date.
2418 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2420 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2421 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2422 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2423 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2425 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2427 ;;;***
2429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17097 29969))
2430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2432 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2434 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2436 ;;;***
2438 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2439 ;;;;;; (17097 29972))
2440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2442 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2443 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2444 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2445 from the cursor position.
2447 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2449 ;;;***
2451 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2452 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2453 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2454 ;;;;;; (17110 50514))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2457 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2458 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2460 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2461 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2463 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2464 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2468 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2469 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2471 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2473 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2474 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2476 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2478 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2479 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2481 \(fn)" t nil)
2483 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2484 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2485 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2486 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2488 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2490 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2491 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2492 This is most useful in the X window system.
2493 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2494 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2496 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2498 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2499 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2500 See calc-keypad for details.
2502 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2505 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2507 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2510 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2512 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2514 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2515 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2517 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2520 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2521 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2523 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2525 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2526 Not documented
2528 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2530 ;;;***
2532 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17141
2533 ;;;;;; 22234))
2534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2536 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2537 Run the Emacs calculator.
2538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2540 \(fn)" t nil)
2542 ;;;***
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2545 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2546 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2547 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2548 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2549 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2550 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2551 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2552 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2553 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2554 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2555 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2556 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2557 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2558 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2559 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2560 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset)
2561 ;;;;;; "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (17144 57990))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2564 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2565 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2566 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2567 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2568 the screen.")
2570 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2572 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2573 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2574 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2575 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2576 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2577 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2579 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2581 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2582 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2583 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2584 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2585 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2586 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2587 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2589 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2590 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2591 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2592 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2593 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2595 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2596 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2597 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2599 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2601 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2602 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2603 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2605 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2607 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2608 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2609 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2611 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2613 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2614 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2615 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2616 displayed.")
2618 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2620 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2621 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2622 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2624 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2626 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2627 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2628 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2630 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2632 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2634 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2635 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2636 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2638 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2639 calendar.")
2641 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2643 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2644 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2645 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2647 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2648 calendar.")
2650 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2652 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2653 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2654 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2656 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2657 calendar.")
2659 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2661 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2662 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2663 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2665 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2667 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2668 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2669 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2670 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2671 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2673 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2675 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2676 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2677 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2678 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2679 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2680 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2681 a function is also provided for this:
2682 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2684 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2685 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2686 date is not visible in the window.
2688 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2689 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2690 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2692 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2694 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2695 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2697 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2698 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2699 date is visible in the window.
2701 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2702 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2703 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2705 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2707 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2708 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2710 For example,
2712 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2714 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2716 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2718 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2719 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2721 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2722 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2724 MONTH/DAY
2725 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2726 MONTHNAME DAY
2727 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2728 DAYNAME
2730 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2731 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2732 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2733 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2734 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2735 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2736 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2737 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2738 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2739 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2740 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2741 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2742 in every week.
2744 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2745 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2746 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2747 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2749 DAY/MONTH
2750 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2751 DAY MONTHNAME
2752 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2753 DAYNAME
2755 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2756 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2758 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2759 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2760 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2761 window but will appear in a diary window.
2763 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2764 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2766 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2767 entries (in the default American style):
2769 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2770 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2771 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2772 21: Payday
2773 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2774 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2775 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2776 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2777 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2778 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2779 &* 15 time cards due.
2781 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2782 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2783 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2784 single diary entry
2786 02/11/1989
2787 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2788 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2789 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2790 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2791 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2792 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2794 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2795 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2796 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2798 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2800 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2802 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2803 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2804 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2805 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2806 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2807 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2808 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2809 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2810 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2811 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2812 details.
2814 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2815 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2816 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2817 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2818 documentation for these functions for details.
2820 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2821 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2825 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2826 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2828 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2830 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2831 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2833 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2835 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2836 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2838 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2840 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2841 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2843 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2845 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2846 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2847 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2849 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2851 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2852 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2853 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2855 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2857 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2858 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2859 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2860 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2861 full.")
2863 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2865 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2866 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2867 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2868 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2871 DAY/MONTH
2872 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2873 DAY MONTHNAME
2874 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2875 DAYNAME
2877 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2878 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2879 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2880 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2881 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2882 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2886 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2887 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2888 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2890 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2892 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2893 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2894 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2896 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2898 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2899 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2900 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2902 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2904 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2905 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2906 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2908 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2910 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2911 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2912 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2913 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2914 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2915 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2917 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2919 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2920 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2921 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2923 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2924 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2925 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2926 of the form
2928 #include \"filename\"
2930 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2931 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2932 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2933 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2934 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2936 For example, you could use
2938 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2939 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2940 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2942 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2943 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2944 lexicographic order.")
2946 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2948 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2949 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2950 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2954 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2955 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2956 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2957 diary display.
2959 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2960 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2961 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2962 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2963 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2964 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2965 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2967 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2968 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2969 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2970 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2971 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2972 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2973 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2974 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2978 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2979 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2980 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2981 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2982 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2983 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2984 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2986 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2988 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2989 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2991 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2992 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2993 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2994 of the form
2995 #include \"filename\"
2996 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2997 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2998 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2999 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3000 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3002 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3004 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3005 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3006 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3007 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3008 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3009 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3010 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3014 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3015 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3016 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3017 are holidays.")
3019 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3021 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3022 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3023 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3024 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3025 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3027 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3029 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3031 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3032 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3035 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3037 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3039 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3040 *Oriental holidays.
3041 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3043 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3045 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3047 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3048 *Local holidays.
3049 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3051 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3053 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3055 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3056 *User defined holidays.
3057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3059 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3061 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3063 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3065 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3067 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3069 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3071 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3073 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3075 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3077 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3079 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3080 *Jewish holidays.
3081 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3083 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3085 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3087 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3088 *Christian holidays.
3089 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3091 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3093 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3095 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3096 *Islamic holidays.
3097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3099 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3101 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3103 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3104 *Baha'i holidays.
3105 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3109 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3111 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3112 *Sun-related holidays.
3113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3117 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3119 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3120 The frame setup of the calendar.
3121 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3122 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3123 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3124 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3125 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3127 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3129 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3130 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3131 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3133 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3134 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3138 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3139 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3140 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3142 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3143 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3144 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3145 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3147 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3149 ;;;***
3151 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3152 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17141 6632))
3153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3155 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3156 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3158 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3160 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3161 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3162 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3163 it fails.
3165 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3167 ;;;***
3169 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3170 ;;;;;; (17144 58026))
3171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3173 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3174 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3175 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3177 \(fn)" nil nil)
3179 ;;;***
3181 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3182 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3183 ;;;;;; (17134 4484))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3186 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3196 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3197 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3206 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3207 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3208 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3209 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3210 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3214 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3215 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3217 Key bindings:
3218 \\{c-mode-map}
3220 \(fn)" t nil)
3222 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3223 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3225 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3228 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3231 message.
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3236 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3238 Key bindings:
3239 \\{c++-mode-map}
3241 \(fn)" t nil)
3243 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3244 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3247 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3250 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3251 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3252 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3253 message.
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3257 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3258 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3260 Key bindings:
3261 \\{objc-mode-map}
3263 \(fn)" t nil)
3265 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3266 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3269 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3270 Major mode for editing Java code.
3271 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3272 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3273 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3274 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3275 message.
3277 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3279 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3280 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3282 Key bindings:
3283 \\{java-mode-map}
3285 \(fn)" t nil)
3287 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3288 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3291 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3294 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3297 message.
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3304 Key bindings:
3305 \\{idl-mode-map}
3307 \(fn)" t nil)
3309 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3310 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3311 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3312 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3314 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3315 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3316 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3317 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3318 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3319 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3320 message.
3322 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3324 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3325 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3327 Key bindings:
3328 \\{pike-mode-map}
3330 \(fn)" t nil)
3331 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3332 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3333 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3336 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3338 ;;;***
3340 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3341 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17134 4487))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3344 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3346 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3347 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3348 for details of setting up styles.
3350 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3351 style name.
3353 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3354 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3355 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3356 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3357 will be reassigned.
3359 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3360 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3361 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3362 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3363 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3364 default).
3366 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3367 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3368 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3369 when used elsewhere.
3371 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3373 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3374 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3375 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3376 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3378 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3380 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3381 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3382 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3384 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3386 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3387 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3388 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3389 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3390 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3392 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3394 ;;;***
3396 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3397 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3398 ;;;;;; (17097 30239))
3399 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3401 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3402 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3404 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3406 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3407 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3409 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3411 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3412 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3414 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3415 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3416 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3417 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3418 execution.
3420 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3422 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3424 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3425 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3427 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3428 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3429 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3430 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3432 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3433 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3434 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3435 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3436 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3437 `write' commands.
3439 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3440 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3441 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3444 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3445 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3446 semantics.
3448 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3450 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3452 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3454 STATEMENT :=
3455 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3456 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3458 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3459 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3460 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3461 | integer
3463 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3465 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3466 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3467 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3470 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3471 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3473 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3474 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3476 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3477 BREAK := (break)
3479 REPEAT :=
3480 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3481 (repeat)
3482 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3483 ;; (repeat))
3484 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3485 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3486 ;; (read REG)
3487 ;; (repeat))
3488 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3489 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3490 ;; (read REG)
3491 ;; (repeat))
3492 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3494 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3495 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3496 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3497 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3498 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3499 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3500 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3501 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3502 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3503 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3504 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3505 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3506 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3507 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3508 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3509 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3511 WRITE :=
3512 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3513 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3514 ;; representation.
3515 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3516 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3517 ;; (write r7))
3518 | (write EXPRESSION)
3519 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3520 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3521 ;; representation.
3522 | (write integer)
3523 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3524 ;; buffer.
3525 | (write string)
3526 ;; Same as: (write string)
3527 | string
3528 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3529 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3530 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3531 ;; representation.
3532 | (write REG ARRAY)
3533 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3534 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3535 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3536 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3537 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3538 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3540 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3541 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3543 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3544 END := (end)
3546 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3547 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3548 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3550 ARG := REG | integer
3552 OPERATOR :=
3553 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3554 + | - | * | / | %
3556 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3557 | & | `|' | ^
3559 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3560 | << | >>
3562 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3563 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3564 | <8
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3568 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3569 | >8
3571 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3573 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3574 | //
3576 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3577 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3579 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3580 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3581 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3582 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3583 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3584 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3585 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3586 | de-sjis
3588 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3589 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3590 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3592 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3593 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3594 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3595 ;; byte of SJIS.
3596 | en-sjis
3598 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3599 ;; Same meaning as C code
3600 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3602 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3603 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3604 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3605 | <8=
3607 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3608 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3609 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3611 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3612 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3613 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3614 | //=
3616 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3619 TRANSLATE :=
3620 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3621 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3622 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3623 LOOKUP :=
3624 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3625 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3626 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3627 MAP :=
3628 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3629 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3630 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3631 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3632 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3633 MAP-ID := integer
3635 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3637 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3638 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3639 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3640 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3641 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3642 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3644 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3646 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3647 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3648 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3650 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3652 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3654 ;;;***
3656 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3657 ;;;;;; (17134 4489))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3660 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3661 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3662 There are no special keybindings by default.
3664 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3665 to the action header.
3667 \(fn)" t nil)
3669 ;;;***
3671 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3672 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3673 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3674 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3675 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3676 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3677 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3678 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3679 ;;;;;; (17140 65527))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3682 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3683 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3684 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3685 the users will view as each check is completed.
3687 \(fn)" t nil)
3689 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3690 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3691 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3692 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3693 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3694 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3695 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3696 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3698 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3702 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3703 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3704 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3705 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3706 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3707 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3709 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3711 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3712 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3713 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3714 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3715 spacing are all verified.
3717 \(fn)" t nil)
3719 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3720 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3721 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3722 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3723 otherwise stop after the first error.
3725 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3727 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3728 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3729 Only documentation strings are checked.
3730 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3732 a separate buffer.
3734 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3736 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3737 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3739 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3740 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3742 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3744 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3745 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3746 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3747 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3748 if there is one.
3750 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3752 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3753 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3754 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3755 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3756 if there is one.
3757 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3759 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3761 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3762 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3763 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3765 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3767 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3768 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3769 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3770 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3771 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3773 \(fn)" t nil)
3775 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3776 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3777 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3778 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3779 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3780 space at the end of each line.
3782 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3785 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3786 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3787 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3792 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3793 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3798 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3799 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3800 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3801 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3803 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3805 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3806 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3807 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3808 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3810 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3812 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3813 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3814 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3815 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3817 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3819 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3820 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3821 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3822 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3827 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3828 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3829 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3834 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3835 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3838 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3841 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3842 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3848 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3849 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3851 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3852 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3853 checking of documentation strings.
3855 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3859 ;;;***
3861 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3862 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17097
3863 ;;;;;; 30338))
3864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3866 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3867 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3868 Return the length of resulting text.
3870 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3872 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3873 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3875 \(fn)" t nil)
3877 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3878 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3879 Return the length of resulting text.
3881 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3883 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3884 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3888 ;;;***
3890 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3891 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17141 22235))
3892 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3894 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3895 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3896 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3897 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3898 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3899 editing and the result is evaluated.
3901 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3903 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3904 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3905 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3906 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3907 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3909 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3911 \(fn)" t nil)
3913 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3914 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3915 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3916 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3917 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3919 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3920 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3921 \\{command-history-map}
3923 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3924 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3926 \(fn)" t nil)
3928 ;;;***
3930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17140 65533))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3933 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3934 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3935 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3936 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3937 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3938 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3940 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3941 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3943 ;;;***
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3946 ;;;;;; (17140 65530))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3949 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3950 Not documented
3952 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3954 ;;;***
3956 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3957 ;;;;;; (17134 4489))
3958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3960 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3961 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3962 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3963 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3965 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3966 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3967 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3968 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3970 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3971 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3973 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3975 ;;;***
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17143
3978 ;;;;;; 40901))
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3981 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3982 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3983 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3984 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3985 of `scheme-program-name').
3986 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
3987 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3988 discards input when it starts up.
3989 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3990 is run).
3991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3993 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3994 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3996 ;;;***
3998 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
3999 ;;;;;; (17138 57707))
4000 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4002 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4003 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4004 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4005 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4006 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4007 ?* is used.
4008 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4010 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4011 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4012 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4013 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4014 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4015 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4016 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4017 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4018 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4019 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4020 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4021 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4022 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4023 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4024 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4025 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4026 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4027 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4028 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4029 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4030 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4031 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4032 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4033 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4034 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4035 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4036 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4037 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4038 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4039 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4040 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4041 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4042 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4043 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4044 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4045 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4046 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4048 ;;;***
4050 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4051 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4052 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17097 30244))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4055 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4056 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4057 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4058 ASCII table.
4060 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4061 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4062 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4063 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4065 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4068 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4069 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4071 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4073 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4074 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4075 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4077 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4079 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4080 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4081 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4083 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4085 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4086 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4088 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4089 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4090 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4092 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4093 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4095 \(fn)" nil nil)
4097 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4098 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4100 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4101 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4102 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4104 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4106 ;;;***
4108 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4109 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4110 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4111 ;;;;;; (17144 57920))
4112 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4114 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4115 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4116 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4117 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4118 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4119 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4120 functions have already modified the buffer.
4122 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4124 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4125 either globally or locally.")
4127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4129 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4130 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4131 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4132 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4133 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4134 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4135 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4136 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4138 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4140 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4142 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4143 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4144 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4145 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4146 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4147 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4148 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4149 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4151 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4153 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4155 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4156 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4157 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4158 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4159 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4160 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4162 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4164 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4165 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4166 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4168 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4170 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4172 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4173 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4174 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4176 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4178 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4180 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4181 Send COMMAND to current process.
4182 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4183 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4185 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4187 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4188 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4189 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4190 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4192 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4194 ;;;***
4196 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17141
4197 ;;;;;; 22246))
4198 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4200 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4201 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4202 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4203 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4205 This command pushes the mark in each window
4206 at the prior location of point in that window.
4207 If both windows display the same buffer,
4208 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4209 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4211 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4212 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4213 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4214 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4215 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4216 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4217 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4218 ignored.
4220 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4221 this command work in interlaced mode:
4222 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4223 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4224 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4226 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4228 ;;;***
4230 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4231 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path
4232 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4233 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17145 8109))
4234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4236 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4237 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4239 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4241 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4242 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4244 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4246 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4247 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4248 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4249 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4250 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4251 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4252 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4254 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4255 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4256 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4257 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4258 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4260 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4261 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4262 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4263 describing how the process finished.")
4265 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4266 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4267 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4268 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4270 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4271 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4272 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4274 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4276 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4277 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4278 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4279 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4281 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4283 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4284 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4285 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4286 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4288 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4289 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4291 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4292 and move to the source code that caused it.
4294 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4295 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4296 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4297 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4299 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4300 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4301 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4302 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4303 subprocesses.
4305 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4306 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4307 to a function that generates a unique name.
4309 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4311 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4312 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4313 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4314 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4315 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4317 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4319 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4321 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4323 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4324 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4325 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4326 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4327 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4328 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4329 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4333 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4334 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4335 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4336 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4337 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4338 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4342 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4343 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4344 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4346 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4348 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4350 ;;;***
4352 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4353 ;;;;;; (17141 22246))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4356 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4357 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4358 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4360 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4362 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4364 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4366 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4367 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4368 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4370 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4371 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4372 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4373 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4375 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4376 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4377 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4378 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4380 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4381 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4382 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4383 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4387 ;;;***
4389 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4390 ;;;;;; (17144 6189))
4391 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4393 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4394 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4396 \(fn)" t nil)
4398 ;;;***
4400 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4401 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4402 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4403 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17118 19755))
4404 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4406 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4407 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4408 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4409 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4410 `make-composition'.
4412 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4414 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4415 | | 1:tc or top-center
4416 | | 2:tr or top-right
4417 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4418 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4419 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4420 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4421 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4422 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4424 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4425 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4426 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4427 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4428 be added.
4430 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4431 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4432 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4434 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4435 | | |
4436 | global| |
4437 | glyph | |
4438 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4439 +----+--*--+
4440 | | new |
4441 | |glyph|
4442 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4445 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4446 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4447 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4448 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4450 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4452 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4453 Compose characters in the current region.
4455 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4456 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4458 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4460 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4461 specifying the region.
4463 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4464 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4465 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4467 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4468 of the text in the region.
4470 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4472 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4473 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4474 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4475 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4477 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4478 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4479 detail.
4481 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4482 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4483 text in the composition.
4485 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4487 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4488 Decompose text in the current region.
4490 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4491 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4493 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4495 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4496 Compose characters in string STRING.
4498 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4499 the characters in it.
4501 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4502 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4503 STRING respectively.
4505 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4506 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4507 `compose-region' for more detail.
4509 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4510 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4511 text in the composition.
4513 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4515 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4516 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4518 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4520 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4521 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4522 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4523 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4524 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4525 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4526 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4527 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4529 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4531 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4532 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4534 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4535 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4537 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4538 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4540 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4541 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4543 If no composition is found, return nil.
4545 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4546 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4548 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4549 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4550 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4552 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4554 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4556 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4557 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4558 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4560 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4562 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4564 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4566 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4567 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4569 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4570 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4571 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4572 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4573 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4574 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4575 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4576 nil.
4578 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4580 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4581 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4583 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4585 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4586 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4588 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4590 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4592 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4593 Compose last characters.
4594 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4595 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4596 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4597 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4598 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4599 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4600 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4601 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4602 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4603 after a sequence of character events.
4605 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
4606 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4608 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4609 Convert CHAR to string.
4611 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4612 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4613 vector of CHAR respectively.
4614 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4616 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4618 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4620 ;;;***
4622 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4623 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4624 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17141 112))
4625 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4627 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4628 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4629 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4630 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4631 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4632 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4633 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4635 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4636 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4637 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4639 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4640 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4641 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4643 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4644 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4645 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4646 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4648 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4649 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4650 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4651 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4652 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4653 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4654 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4656 \\{conf-mode-map}
4658 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4660 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4662 Comments start with `#'.
4663 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4665 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4667 \[Desktop Entry]
4668 Encoding=UTF-8
4669 Name=The GIMP
4670 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4671 Name[cs]=GIMP
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4676 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4677 Comments start with `;'.
4678 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4680 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4682 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4683 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4684 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4686 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4687 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4689 \(fn)" t nil)
4691 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4693 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4694 between `/*' and `*/'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4698 // another kind of comment
4699 /* yet another */
4701 name:value
4702 name=value
4703 name value
4704 x.1 =
4705 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4706 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4708 \(fn)" t nil)
4710 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4711 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4712 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4713 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4714 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4715 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4716 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4717 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4719 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4721 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4723 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4724 image/png png
4725 image/tiff tiff tif
4727 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4728 class desktop
4729 # Standard multimedia devices
4730 add /dev/audio desktop
4731 add /dev/mixer desktop
4733 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4735 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4736 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4737 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4738 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4740 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4742 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4743 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4745 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4747 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4748 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4749 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4750 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4752 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4754 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4755 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4757 \(fn)" t nil)
4759 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4760 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4761 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4762 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4764 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4766 *background: gray99
4767 *foreground: black
4769 \(fn)" t nil)
4771 ;;;***
4773 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4774 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17134 16310))
4775 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4777 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4778 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4779 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4780 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4782 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4784 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4785 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4786 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4787 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4789 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4791 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4792 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4793 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4794 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4796 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4798 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4799 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4801 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4803 ;;;***
4805 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4806 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17141 0))
4807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4809 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4810 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4811 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4812 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4813 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4814 following the copyright are updated as well.
4815 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4816 interactively.
4818 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4820 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
4821 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4822 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4824 \(fn)" t nil)
4826 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4827 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4829 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4831 ;;;***
4833 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4834 ;;;;;; (17134 4520))
4835 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4837 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4838 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4839 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4840 Tab indents for Perl code.
4841 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4842 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4844 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4845 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4846 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4847 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4848 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4849 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4850 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4851 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4852 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4853 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4854 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4855 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4857 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4859 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4860 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4862 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4864 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4865 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4866 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4867 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4868 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4869 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4870 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4871 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4872 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4874 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4876 bite if angry;
4878 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4879 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4880 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4881 to nil.)
4883 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4884 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4885 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4887 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4889 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4890 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4891 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4892 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4893 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4895 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4897 if (A) { B }
4899 into
4901 B if A;
4903 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4905 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4906 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4907 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4908 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4909 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4910 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4911 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4912 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4913 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4914 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4915 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4916 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4917 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4919 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4920 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4921 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4922 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4923 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4924 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4926 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4927 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4928 man via menu.
4930 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4931 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4932 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4933 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4934 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4936 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4937 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4938 span the needed amount of lines.
4940 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4941 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4942 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4943 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4945 Variables controlling indentation style:
4946 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4947 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4948 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4949 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4950 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4951 `cperl-auto-newline'
4952 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4953 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4954 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4955 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4956 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4957 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4958 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4959 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4960 `cperl-indent-level'
4961 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4962 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4963 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4964 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4965 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4966 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4967 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4968 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4969 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4970 `cperl-brace-offset'
4971 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4972 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4973 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4974 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4975 `cperl-label-offset'
4976 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4977 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4978 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4980 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4981 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4982 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4983 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4984 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4986 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4987 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4988 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4989 \(both available from menu).
4991 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4992 column 0 is indented on
4993 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4995 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4996 with no args.
4998 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4999 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5000 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5002 \(fn)" t nil)
5004 ;;;***
5006 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5007 ;;;;;; (17134 4522))
5008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5010 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5011 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5012 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5013 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5014 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5016 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5018 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5019 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5021 \(fn)" t nil)
5023 ;;;***
5025 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5026 ;;;;;; (17134 16189))
5027 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5029 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5030 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5031 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5032 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5035 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5037 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
5039 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5040 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5041 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5045 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5047 ;;;***
5049 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5050 ;;;;;; (17141 0))
5051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5053 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5054 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5055 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5056 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5058 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5059 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5060 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5061 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5063 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5064 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5065 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5067 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5068 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5069 'bob', and 'eve'.
5071 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5072 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5073 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5075 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5077 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5078 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5079 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5081 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5083 ;;;***
5085 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5086 ;;;;;; (17134 16192))
5087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5089 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5090 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5091 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5092 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5093 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5095 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5097 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5099 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5100 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5101 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5102 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5103 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5105 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5106 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5107 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5108 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5109 function of these prefix keys.
5111 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5112 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5113 options:
5114 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5115 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5116 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5118 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5119 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5120 the prefix fallback behavior.
5122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5124 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5125 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5128 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5129 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5130 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5131 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5132 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5133 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5134 (if user-init-file (concat
5135 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5136 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5138 ;;;***
5140 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
5141 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5142 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5143 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5144 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5145 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5147 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5148 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17141 22258))
5149 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5150 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5152 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5153 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5155 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5156 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5158 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5159 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5161 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5163 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5165 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5166 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5167 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5169 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5170 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5172 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5173 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5185 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5187 Return VALUE.
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5192 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5193 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5195 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5196 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5198 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5199 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5201 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5203 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5205 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5206 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5207 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5208 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5209 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5211 \(fn)" t nil)
5213 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5214 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5215 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5216 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5218 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5220 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5221 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5223 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5225 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5226 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5228 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5230 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5232 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5233 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5235 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5237 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5239 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5241 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5243 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5245 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5247 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5248 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5249 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5251 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5252 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5253 version.
5255 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5257 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5258 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5259 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5260 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5262 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5263 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5265 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5267 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5268 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5269 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5271 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5272 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5274 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5276 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5277 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5279 \(fn)" t nil)
5281 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5282 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5284 \(fn)" t nil)
5286 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5287 Customize all already saved user options.
5289 \(fn)" t nil)
5291 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5292 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5293 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5294 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5295 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5296 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5297 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5299 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5301 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5303 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5305 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5307 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5308 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5310 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5312 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5313 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5315 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5317 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5318 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5319 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5320 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5321 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5322 that option.
5324 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5326 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5327 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5328 The result includes selecting that window.
5329 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5330 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5331 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5332 that option.
5334 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5336 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5337 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5339 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5341 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5342 File used for storing customization information.
5343 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5344 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5345 it should be an absolute file name.
5347 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5348 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5349 something like the following in your init file:
5351 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5352 \(load custom-file)
5354 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5355 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5357 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5358 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5359 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5360 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5361 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5363 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5364 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5365 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5366 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5367 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5368 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5369 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5370 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5371 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5372 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5374 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5376 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5377 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5379 \(fn)" t nil)
5381 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5382 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5384 \(fn)" nil nil)
5386 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5387 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5388 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5390 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5392 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5393 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5394 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5395 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5396 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5398 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5400 ;;;***
5402 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5403 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17141 22259))
5404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5406 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5407 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5409 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5411 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5412 Alist of face attributes.
5414 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5415 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5416 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5417 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5418 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5419 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5421 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5422 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5423 customization type TYPE).
5425 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5426 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5427 given face attribute.")
5429 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5430 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5431 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5432 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5434 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5436 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5437 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5438 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5439 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5440 between themes and faces.
5441 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5443 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5444 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5446 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5448 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5449 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5450 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5452 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5454 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5456 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5458 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5459 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5460 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5462 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5464 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5466 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5468 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5470 ;;;***
5472 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5473 ;;;;;; (17141 22261))
5474 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5476 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5477 Create a custom theme.
5479 \(fn)" t nil)
5481 ;;;***
5483 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5484 ;;;;;; (17141 22264))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5487 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5488 Mode used for cvs status output.
5490 \(fn)" t nil)
5492 ;;;***
5494 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5495 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17134 4522))
5496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5498 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5499 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5501 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5502 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5503 C++ modes are included.
5505 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5509 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5510 Turn on CWarn mode.
5512 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5513 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5515 \(fn)" nil nil)
5517 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5518 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5519 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5520 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5521 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5523 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5525 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5527 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5528 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5529 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5530 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5531 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5535 ;;;***
5537 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5538 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5539 ;;;;;; (17097 30339))
5540 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5542 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5543 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5545 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5547 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5548 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5550 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5552 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5553 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5554 For readability, the table is slightly
5555 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5557 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5558 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5559 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5560 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5561 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5563 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5565 ;;;***
5567 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5568 ;;;;;; (17141 22267))
5569 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5570 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5571 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5573 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5574 Completion on current word.
5575 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5576 and presents suggestions for completion.
5578 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5579 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5580 completions.
5582 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5583 then it searches *all* buffers.
5585 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5586 if there is a suitable one already.
5588 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5590 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5591 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5593 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5594 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5595 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5596 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5597 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5599 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5600 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5602 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5603 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5604 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5606 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5607 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5609 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5611 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5613 ;;;***
5615 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17134
5616 ;;;;;; 4526))
5617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5619 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5620 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5622 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5623 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5624 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5626 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5627 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5628 Data lines are not indented.
5630 Key bindings:
5632 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5633 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5635 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5636 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5637 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5638 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5640 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5642 dcl-basic-offset
5643 Extra indentation within blocks.
5645 dcl-continuation-offset
5646 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5648 dcl-margin-offset
5649 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5651 dcl-margin-label-offset
5652 Indentation for a label.
5654 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5655 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5657 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5658 dcl-block-end-regexp
5659 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5660 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5661 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5662 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5663 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5665 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5666 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5667 Two such functions are included in the package:
5668 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5669 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5671 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5672 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5673 One such function is included in the package:
5674 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5676 dcl-tab-always-indent
5677 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5678 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5679 margin.
5681 dcl-electric-characters
5682 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5683 typed.
5685 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5686 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5687 which words trigger electric indentation.
5689 dcl-tempo-comma
5690 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5691 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5692 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5694 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5695 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5696 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5697 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5699 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5700 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5701 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5702 dcl-imenu-label-call
5703 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5705 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5706 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5707 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5708 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5711 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5713 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5714 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5715 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5716 $ i = 1
5717 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5718 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5719 $ label:
5720 $ if i.eq.1
5721 $ then
5722 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5723 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5724 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5725 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5726 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5727 \"lined up with the command line\"
5728 $ type sys$input
5729 Data lines are not indented at all.
5730 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5731 $ endif
5735 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5736 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5738 \(fn)" t nil)
5740 ;;;***
5742 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5743 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17141 4))
5744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5746 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5748 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5749 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5750 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5751 of the evaluator.
5753 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5754 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5755 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5757 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5759 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5760 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5762 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5764 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5765 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5766 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5767 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5768 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5769 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5771 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5772 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5774 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5776 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5777 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5778 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5779 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5780 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5782 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5784 ;;;***
5786 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5787 ;;;;;; (17134 16312))
5788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5790 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5791 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5793 \(fn)" t nil)
5795 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5796 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5797 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5798 Upper-case letters are commands.
5800 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5801 modify it.
5803 The most useful commands are:
5804 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5805 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5806 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5807 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5808 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5809 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5811 \(fn)" t nil)
5813 ;;;***
5815 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5816 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17141
5817 ;;;;;; 22267))
5818 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5820 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5821 Customization of `columns' group.
5823 \(fn)" t nil)
5825 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5826 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5828 START and END delimits the text region.
5830 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5832 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5833 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5835 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5839 ;;;***
5841 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17134
5842 ;;;;;; 4532))
5843 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5845 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5846 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5847 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5848 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5849 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5850 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5852 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5854 Customization:
5856 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5857 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5858 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5859 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5860 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5861 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5862 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5863 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5864 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5865 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5866 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5867 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5868 blank line.
5869 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5870 Directories to search when finding external units.
5871 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5872 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5874 Coloring:
5876 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5877 Face used to color delphi comments.
5878 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5879 Face used to color delphi strings.
5880 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5881 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5882 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5883 Face used to color everything else.
5885 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5886 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5888 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5890 ;;;***
5892 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17141
5893 ;;;;;; 22267))
5894 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5896 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5898 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5899 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5900 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5902 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5904 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5906 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5908 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5909 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5910 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5911 positive.
5913 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5914 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5915 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5916 any selection.
5918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5920 ;;;***
5922 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5923 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17141 4))
5924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5926 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5927 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5929 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5931 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5932 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5933 or nil if there is no parent.
5934 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5935 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5936 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5937 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5938 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5940 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5941 arguments are currently understood:
5942 :group GROUP
5943 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5944 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5945 :syntax-table TABLE
5946 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5947 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5948 :abbrev-table TABLE
5949 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5950 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5952 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5954 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5956 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5957 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5958 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5960 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5961 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5963 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5964 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5965 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5967 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5968 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5970 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5971 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5973 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5975 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5977 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5978 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5979 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5980 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5981 the first time the mode is used.
5983 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5985 ;;;***
5987 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5988 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17141 22270))
5989 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5991 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5992 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5993 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5994 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5995 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5996 otherwise.
5998 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6000 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6001 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6002 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6003 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6004 character composition information (if relevant),
6005 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6007 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6009 ;;;***
6011 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6012 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
6013 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17146 26025))
6014 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6016 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6017 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6018 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
6020 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
6022 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
6024 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6025 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6026 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6027 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
6028 desktop is saved.
6030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6032 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6033 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6034 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6035 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6037 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
6039 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6040 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6041 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6043 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6044 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6045 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6047 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6048 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6050 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6051 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6052 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6054 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6055 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6056 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6057 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6059 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6061 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6062 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6064 Handlers are called with argument list
6066 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6068 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6070 desktop-file-version
6071 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6072 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6073 desktop-buffer-point
6074 desktop-buffer-mark
6075 desktop-buffer-read-only
6076 desktop-buffer-locals
6078 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6079 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6081 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6082 code like
6084 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6086 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6087 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6089 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6091 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6092 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6093 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6094 List elements must have the form
6096 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6098 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6099 function.
6101 Handlers are called with argument list
6103 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6105 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6107 desktop-file-version
6108 desktop-buffer-file-name
6109 desktop-buffer-name
6110 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6111 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6112 desktop-buffer-point
6113 desktop-buffer-mark
6114 desktop-buffer-read-only
6115 desktop-buffer-misc
6117 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6118 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6119 created and set.
6121 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6122 code like
6124 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6126 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6127 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6129 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6131 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6133 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6134 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6135 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6136 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6137 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6138 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6139 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6140 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6142 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6144 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6145 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6146 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6148 \(fn)" nil nil)
6150 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6151 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6152 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6153 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6154 directory DIRNAME.
6156 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6158 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6159 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6161 \(fn)" t nil)
6163 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6164 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6166 \(fn)" t nil)
6168 ;;;***
6170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6171 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6172 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6173 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6174 ;;;;;; (17097 40253))
6175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6177 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6178 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6180 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6182 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6183 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6185 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6187 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6188 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6189 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6191 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6193 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6194 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6195 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6196 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6197 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6198 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6200 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6202 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6203 Repair a broken attribution line.
6204 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6206 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6208 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6209 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6210 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6211 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6213 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6215 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6216 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6218 \(fn)" t nil)
6220 ;;;***
6222 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6223 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17097 30341))
6224 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6226 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6228 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6229 Not documented
6231 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6233 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6234 Not documented
6236 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6238 ;;;***
6240 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6241 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17097 30004))
6242 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6244 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6245 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6246 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6247 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6248 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6252 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6253 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6254 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6255 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6257 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6258 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6259 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6260 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6262 #!/bin/sh
6263 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6264 emacs -batch \\
6265 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6266 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6267 european-calendar-style t \\
6268 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6269 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6270 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6272 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6273 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6274 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6275 to run it every morning at 1am.
6277 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6279 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6280 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6284 ;;;***
6286 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6287 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17141 22272))
6288 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6290 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6291 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6293 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6295 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6296 *The command to use to run diff.")
6298 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6300 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6301 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6302 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6303 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6304 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6305 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6307 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6309 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6310 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6311 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6312 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6313 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6314 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6316 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6318 ;;;***
6320 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6321 ;;;;;; (17141 22272))
6322 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6324 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6325 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6326 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6327 normal diffs.
6328 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6329 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6330 headers for you on-the-fly.
6332 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6333 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
6334 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6336 \(fn)" t nil)
6338 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6339 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6340 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6344 ;;;***
6346 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6347 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6348 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6349 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6350 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17146 26034))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6353 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6354 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6355 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6356 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6357 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6358 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6359 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6360 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6362 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6364 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6365 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6367 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6368 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6369 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6370 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6371 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6373 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6374 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6376 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6377 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6378 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6379 always set this variable to t.")
6381 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6383 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6384 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6385 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6386 A value of t means move to first file.")
6388 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6390 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6391 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6392 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6393 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6394 are afterward marked with that character.")
6396 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6398 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6399 *Controls marking of copied files.
6400 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6401 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6403 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6405 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6406 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6407 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6408 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6410 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6412 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6413 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6414 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6415 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6417 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6419 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6420 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6421 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6422 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6424 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6426 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6428 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6429 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6430 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6432 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6434 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6435 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6436 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6437 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6438 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6439 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6441 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6442 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6443 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6444 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6445 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6446 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6447 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6448 list of files to make directory entries for.
6449 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6450 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6451 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6452 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6454 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6456 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6457 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6459 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6460 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6462 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6463 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6465 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6466 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6468 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6470 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6471 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6473 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6475 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6476 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6477 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6478 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6479 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6480 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6481 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6482 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6483 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6484 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6485 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6486 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6487 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6488 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6489 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6490 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6491 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6492 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6493 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6494 to see why something went wrong.
6495 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6496 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6497 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6498 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6499 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6500 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6501 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6502 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6503 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6504 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6505 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6506 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6507 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6509 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6510 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6511 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6512 again for the directory tree.
6514 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6515 for more info):
6517 `dired-listing-switches'
6518 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6519 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6520 `dired-marker-char'
6521 `dired-del-marker'
6522 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6523 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6524 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6525 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6527 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6529 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6530 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6531 `dired-mode-hook'
6532 `dired-load-hook'
6534 Keybindings:
6535 \\{dired-mode-map}
6537 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6538 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6540 ;;;***
6542 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6543 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6544 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6545 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6546 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6547 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6548 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6549 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6550 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6551 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6552 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6553 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6554 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6555 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17145 8097))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6558 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6559 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6560 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6561 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6562 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6563 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6564 which is options for `diff'.
6566 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6568 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6569 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6570 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6571 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6572 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6573 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6575 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6577 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6578 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6579 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6580 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6581 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6582 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6583 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6585 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6587 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6588 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6589 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6590 returned by function `file-attributes'
6592 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6593 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6595 Examples of PREDICATE:
6597 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6598 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6599 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6600 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6601 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6603 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6605 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6606 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6607 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6611 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6612 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6616 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6617 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6621 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6622 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6623 This calls touch.
6625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6627 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6628 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6629 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6630 `lpr-switches' as default.
6632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6634 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6635 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6636 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6637 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6638 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6640 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6641 with a prefix argument.
6643 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
6645 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6646 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6647 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6648 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6649 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6651 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6652 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6654 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6655 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6656 file name substituted for `?'.
6658 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6659 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6661 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6662 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6663 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6664 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6666 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6668 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6669 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6670 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6672 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6673 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6674 in a subdir.
6676 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6677 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6679 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6681 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6682 Not documented
6684 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6686 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6687 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6688 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6689 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6690 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6691 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6692 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6693 from the buffer as well.
6694 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6695 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6696 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6698 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6700 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6701 Not documented
6703 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6705 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6706 Not documented
6708 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6710 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6711 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6715 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6716 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6720 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6721 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6725 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6726 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6727 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6728 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6730 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6731 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6732 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6733 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6734 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6735 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6736 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6738 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6740 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6741 Not documented
6743 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6745 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6746 Not documented
6748 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6750 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6751 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6753 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6755 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6756 Not documented
6758 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6760 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6761 Not documented
6763 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6765 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6766 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6768 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6770 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6771 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6772 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6773 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6774 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6775 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6776 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6777 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6778 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6782 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6783 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6784 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6785 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6786 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6787 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6788 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6789 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6793 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6794 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6795 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6796 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6797 and new hard links are made in that directory
6798 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6799 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6800 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6804 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6805 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6806 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6807 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6808 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6809 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6810 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6814 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6815 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6817 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6818 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6819 file if none are marked.
6821 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6822 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6823 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6824 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6826 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6827 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6829 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6831 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6832 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6833 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6835 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6837 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6838 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6839 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6841 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6843 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6844 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6845 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6847 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6849 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6850 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6854 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6855 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6859 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6860 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6861 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6862 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6863 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6864 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6865 this subdirectory.
6866 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6868 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6869 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6870 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6871 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6872 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6873 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6874 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6876 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6878 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6879 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6880 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6881 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6882 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6883 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6884 this subdirectory.
6885 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6887 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6889 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6890 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6891 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6893 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6895 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6896 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6897 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6898 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6900 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
6902 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6903 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6904 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6905 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6907 \(fn)" t nil)
6909 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6910 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6911 Lower levels are unaffected.
6913 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6915 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6916 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6920 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6921 Go down in the dired tree.
6923 \(fn)" t nil)
6925 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6926 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6927 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6928 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6930 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6932 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6933 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6934 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6935 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6937 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6939 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6940 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6941 Stops when a match is found.
6942 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6944 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6946 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6947 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6948 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6949 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6950 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6952 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6954 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6955 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6956 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6957 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6959 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6961 ;;;***
6963 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17141 22694))
6964 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6966 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6967 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6968 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6969 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6970 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6971 buffer and try again.
6973 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6975 ;;;***
6977 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17141 22702))
6978 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6980 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6981 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6982 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6984 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6986 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6987 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6989 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6990 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6992 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6994 ;;;***
6996 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17141
6997 ;;;;;; 7))
6998 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7000 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7001 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7002 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7003 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7004 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7005 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7007 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7009 ;;;***
7011 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
7012 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
7013 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
7014 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
7015 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17141 22702))
7016 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7018 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7019 Return a new, empty display table.
7021 \(fn)" nil nil)
7023 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7024 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7025 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7026 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7027 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7029 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7031 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7032 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7033 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7034 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7035 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7037 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7039 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7040 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7042 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7044 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7045 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7047 \(fn)" t nil)
7049 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7050 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7052 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7054 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7055 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7057 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7059 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7060 Display character C using printable string S.
7062 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7064 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7065 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7066 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7067 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7069 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7071 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7072 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7073 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7074 X frame.
7076 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7078 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7079 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7081 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7083 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7084 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7086 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7088 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7089 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7091 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7092 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7093 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7094 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7096 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7097 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7098 European character display.
7100 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7101 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7102 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7103 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7105 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7106 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7107 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7108 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7109 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7111 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7113 ;;;***
7115 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7116 ;;;;;; (17134 16312))
7117 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7119 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7120 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7121 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7122 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7123 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7124 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7125 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7126 Default is 2.
7128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7130 ;;;***
7132 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17141 22705))
7133 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7135 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7136 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7137 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7138 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7139 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7140 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7141 private or ask).
7142 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7143 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7144 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7145 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7146 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7148 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7150 ;;;***
7152 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7153 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17141 112))
7154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7156 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7157 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7158 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7159 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7160 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7161 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7162 table and its own syntax table.
7164 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7166 \(fn)" t nil)
7168 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7169 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7171 \(fn)" t nil)
7172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7174 ;;;***
7176 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17135 27224))
7177 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7179 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7180 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7182 \(fn)" t nil)
7184 ;;;***
7186 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7187 ;;;;;; (17141 22705))
7188 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7190 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7191 Toggle Double mode.
7192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7193 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7195 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7197 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7198 Toggle Double mode.
7199 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7201 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7202 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7206 ;;;***
7208 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17134 16321))
7209 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7211 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7212 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7214 \(fn)" t nil)
7216 ;;;***
7218 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7219 ;;;;;; (17141 6633))
7220 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7222 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7223 Play sounds in message buffers.
7225 \(fn)" t nil)
7227 ;;;***
7229 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7230 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17116 17255))
7232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7234 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7236 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7237 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7238 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7239 and toggle command MODE.
7241 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7242 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7243 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7244 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7245 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7246 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7247 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7248 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7249 used (see below).
7251 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7252 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7253 `mode-HOOK'.
7254 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7255 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7256 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7257 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7258 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7259 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7260 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7261 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7262 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7263 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7264 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7265 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7266 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7267 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7269 For example, you could write
7270 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7271 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7272 ...BODY CODE...)
7274 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7276 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7278 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7279 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7280 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7281 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7282 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
7283 :group to specify the custom group.
7285 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7286 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7287 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7288 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7289 call another major mode in their body.
7291 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7293 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7294 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7295 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7296 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7297 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7298 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7299 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7301 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7303 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7304 Not documented
7306 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7308 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7309 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7310 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7312 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7314 ;;;***
7316 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7317 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17141
7318 ;;;;;; 7))
7319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7321 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7323 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7324 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7326 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7327 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7328 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7330 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7331 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7333 :filter FUNCTION
7335 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7336 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7338 :visible INCLUDE
7340 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7341 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7343 :active ENABLE
7345 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7346 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7348 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7350 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7352 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7354 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7355 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7357 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7358 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7360 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7362 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7364 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7366 :keys KEYS
7368 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7369 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7370 computed automatically.
7371 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7373 :key-sequence KEYS
7375 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7376 menu item.
7377 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7378 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7379 keyboard equivalent.
7381 :active ENABLE
7383 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7384 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7386 :visible INCLUDE
7388 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7389 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7391 :suffix FORM
7393 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7394 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7396 :style STYLE
7398 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7399 defined:
7401 toggle: A checkbox.
7402 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7403 radio: A radio button.
7404 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7405 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7406 menu bar itself.
7407 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7409 :selected SELECTED
7411 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7412 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7414 :help HELP
7416 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7418 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7419 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7420 as a solid horizontal line.
7422 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7424 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7426 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7427 Not documented
7429 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7431 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7432 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7433 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7434 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7436 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7438 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7439 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7440 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7441 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7442 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7443 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7445 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7446 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7447 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7449 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7450 to implement dynamic menus.
7452 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7454 ;;;***
7456 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7457 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7458 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7459 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7460 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7461 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7462 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7463 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17097 30648))
7464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7466 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7467 Customization for ebnf group.
7469 \(fn)" t nil)
7471 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7472 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7474 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7476 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7477 processed.
7479 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7481 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7483 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7484 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7486 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7487 killed after process termination.
7489 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7491 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7493 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7494 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7496 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7497 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7498 it to the printer.
7500 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7501 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7502 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7503 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7505 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7507 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7508 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7509 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7511 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7513 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7514 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7516 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7518 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7519 processed.
7521 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7523 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7525 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7526 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7528 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7529 killed after process termination.
7531 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7533 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7535 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7536 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7537 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7538 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7540 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7544 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7545 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7546 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7548 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7550 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7552 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7553 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7555 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7557 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7558 processed.
7560 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7562 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7564 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7565 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7567 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7568 killed after EPS generation.
7570 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7572 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7574 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7575 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7577 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7578 The EPS file name has the following form:
7580 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7582 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7583 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7585 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7586 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7587 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7588 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7590 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7592 \(fn)" t nil)
7594 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7595 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7597 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7598 The EPS file name has the following form:
7600 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7602 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7603 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7605 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7606 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7607 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7608 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7610 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7612 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7614 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7616 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7617 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7619 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7621 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7622 processed.
7624 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7626 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7628 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7629 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7631 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7632 killed after syntax checking.
7634 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7636 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7638 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7639 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7641 \(fn)" t nil)
7643 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7644 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7648 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7649 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7651 \(fn)" nil nil)
7653 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7654 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7656 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7658 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7660 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7661 Delete style NAME.
7663 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7665 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7667 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7668 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7670 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7672 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7674 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7675 Set STYLE as the current style.
7677 It returns the old style symbol.
7679 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7681 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7683 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7684 Reset current style.
7686 It returns the old style symbol.
7688 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7690 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7692 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7693 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7695 It returns the old style symbol.
7697 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7699 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7701 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7702 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7704 It returns the old style symbol.
7706 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7708 \(fn)" t nil)
7710 ;;;***
7712 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7713 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7714 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7715 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7716 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7717 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7718 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7719 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7720 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7721 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7722 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17134
7723 ;;;;;; 4544))
7724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7726 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7727 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7728 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7729 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7730 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7731 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7733 Tree mode key bindings:
7734 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7736 \(fn)" t nil)
7738 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7739 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7741 \(fn)" t nil)
7743 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7744 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7746 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7748 \(fn)" nil nil)
7750 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7751 View declaration of member at point.
7753 \(fn)" t nil)
7755 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7756 Find declaration of member at point.
7758 \(fn)" t nil)
7760 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7761 View definition of member at point.
7763 \(fn)" t nil)
7765 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7766 Find definition of member at point.
7768 \(fn)" t nil)
7770 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7771 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7773 \(fn)" t nil)
7775 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7776 View definition of member at point in other window.
7778 \(fn)" t nil)
7780 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7781 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7783 \(fn)" t nil)
7785 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7786 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7788 \(fn)" t nil)
7790 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7791 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7793 \(fn)" t nil)
7795 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7796 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7798 \(fn)" t nil)
7800 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7801 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7802 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7803 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7804 completion.
7806 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7808 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7809 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7810 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7811 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7813 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7815 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7816 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7817 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7818 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7820 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7822 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7823 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7824 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7828 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7829 Search for call sites of a member.
7830 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7831 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7832 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7833 looks like a function call to the member.
7835 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7837 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7838 Move backward in the position stack.
7839 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7841 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7843 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7844 Move forward in the position stack.
7845 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7847 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7849 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7850 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7852 \(fn)" t nil)
7854 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7855 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7857 \(fn)" t nil)
7859 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7860 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7861 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7862 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7864 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7866 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7867 Display statistics for a class tree.
7869 \(fn)" t nil)
7871 ;;;***
7873 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7874 ;;;;;; (17144 6193))
7875 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7877 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7878 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7879 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7880 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7882 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7883 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7884 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7886 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7887 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7888 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7890 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7892 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7894 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7896 ;;;***
7898 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7899 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17141 22708))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7902 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7903 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7904 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7906 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7908 ;;;***
7910 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7911 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17141 14))
7912 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7914 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7915 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7916 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7917 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7918 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7920 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7921 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7922 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7923 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7925 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7927 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7928 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7929 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7930 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7932 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7934 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7935 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7936 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7937 \(naming a function), or a list.
7939 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7941 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7943 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7944 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7945 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7946 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7947 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7949 If you do this on a function definition
7950 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7951 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7952 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7953 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7955 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7956 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7957 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7958 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7959 already is one.)
7961 \(fn)" t nil)
7963 ;;;***
7965 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7966 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7967 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7968 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7969 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7970 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7971 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7972 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7973 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7974 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17141 22731))
7975 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7977 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7978 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7980 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7982 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7983 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7985 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7987 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7989 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7991 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7992 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7993 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7994 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7996 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7998 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7999 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8001 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8003 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8005 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8006 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8008 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8010 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8012 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8013 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8014 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8015 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8017 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8019 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8021 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8022 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8023 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8024 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8026 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8028 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8030 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8031 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8032 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8033 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8035 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8037 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8039 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8040 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8041 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8042 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8044 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8046 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8048 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8049 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8050 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8051 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8052 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8053 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8055 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8057 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8058 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8059 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8060 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8062 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8064 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8066 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8067 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8068 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8069 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8071 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8073 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8075 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8077 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8078 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8079 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8080 follows:
8081 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8082 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8084 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8086 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8087 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8088 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8089 follows:
8090 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8091 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8093 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8095 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8096 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8097 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8098 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8099 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8100 region.
8101 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8102 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8104 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8106 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8107 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8108 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8109 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8110 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8111 region.
8112 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8113 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8114 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8116 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8118 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8120 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8121 Merge two files without ancestor.
8123 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8125 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8126 Merge two files with ancestor.
8128 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8130 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8132 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8133 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8135 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8137 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8138 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8140 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8142 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8143 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8144 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8145 buffer.
8147 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8149 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8150 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8151 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8152 buffer.
8154 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8156 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8157 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8158 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8159 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8161 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8163 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8164 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8165 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8166 and don't ask the user.
8167 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8168 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8170 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8172 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8173 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8174 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8175 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8176 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8177 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8178 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8179 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8181 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8183 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8185 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8187 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8188 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8189 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8190 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8191 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8193 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8195 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8197 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8198 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8199 When called interactively, displays the version.
8201 \(fn)" t nil)
8203 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8204 Display Ediff's manual.
8205 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8207 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8209 ;;;***
8211 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8212 ;;;;;; (17141 22711))
8213 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8215 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8216 Not documented
8218 \(fn)" t nil)
8220 ;;;***
8222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17141 22711))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8225 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8226 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8228 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8230 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8232 ;;;***
8234 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8235 ;;;;;; (17141 22720))
8236 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8238 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8239 Display Ediff's registry.
8241 \(fn)" t nil)
8243 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8245 ;;;***
8247 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8248 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17141 22727))
8249 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8251 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8252 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8253 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8254 which see.
8256 \(fn)" t nil)
8258 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8259 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8260 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8261 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8263 \(fn)" t nil)
8265 ;;;***
8267 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8268 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8269 ;;;;;; (17141 22734))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8272 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8273 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8274 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8276 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8277 Edit a keyboard macro.
8278 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8279 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8280 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8281 its command name.
8282 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8284 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8286 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8287 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8289 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8291 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8292 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8294 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8297 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8298 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8299 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8300 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8301 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8303 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8304 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8305 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8306 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8308 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8310 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8311 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8312 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8313 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8314 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8315 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8317 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8319 ;;;***
8321 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8322 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17134 16203))
8323 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8325 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8326 Set scroll margins.
8327 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8328 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8330 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8332 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8333 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8335 \(fn)" t nil)
8337 ;;;***
8339 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8340 ;;;;;; (17141 22734))
8341 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8343 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8344 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8345 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8346 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8347 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8348 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8349 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8350 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8352 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8353 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8355 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8356 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8357 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8358 this value is non-nil.
8360 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8361 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8362 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8364 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8365 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8366 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8368 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8370 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8371 Not documented
8373 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8375 ;;;***
8377 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8378 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17141 17))
8379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8381 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8382 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8384 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8386 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8387 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8388 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8389 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8390 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8391 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8392 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8394 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8398 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8399 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8401 \(fn)" t nil)
8403 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8404 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8405 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8406 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8407 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8408 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8409 arg list.
8411 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8412 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8414 ;;;***
8416 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17141
8417 ;;;;;; 22737))
8418 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8420 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8421 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8423 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8424 an elided material again.
8426 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8430 ;;;***
8432 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8433 ;;;;;; (17141 20))
8434 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8436 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8437 Initialize elint.
8439 \(fn)" t nil)
8441 ;;;***
8443 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8444 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17141
8445 ;;;;;; 20))
8446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8448 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8449 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8450 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8452 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8454 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8455 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8456 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8458 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8460 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8461 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8462 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8464 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8466 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8468 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8469 Display current profiling results.
8470 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8471 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8472 displayed.
8474 \(fn)" t nil)
8476 ;;;***
8478 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8479 ;;;;;; (17141 4113))
8480 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8482 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8483 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8484 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8486 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8488 ;;;***
8490 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8491 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8492 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8493 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8494 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17032 41176))
8495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8497 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8498 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8499 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8500 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8501 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8502 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8503 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8504 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8505 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8506 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8507 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8508 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8509 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8510 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8511 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8512 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8514 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8515 Run Emerge on two files.
8517 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8519 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8520 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8522 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8524 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8525 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8527 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8529 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8530 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8532 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8534 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8535 Not documented
8537 \(fn)" nil nil)
8539 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8540 Not documented
8542 \(fn)" nil nil)
8544 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8545 Not documented
8547 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8549 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8550 Not documented
8552 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8554 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8555 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8557 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8559 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8560 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8562 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8564 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8565 Not documented
8567 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8569 ;;;***
8571 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8572 ;;;;;; (17097 30244))
8573 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8575 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8576 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8577 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8578 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8579 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8581 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8583 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8585 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8586 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8587 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8589 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8590 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8591 automatically.
8593 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8594 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8595 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8599 ;;;***
8601 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8602 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17141 115))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8605 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8606 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8607 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8608 text/enriched format.
8609 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8611 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8612 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8614 Commands:
8616 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8620 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8621 Not documented
8623 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8625 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8626 Not documented
8628 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8630 ;;;***
8632 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17134
8633 ;;;;;; 16257))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8636 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8637 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8639 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8641 \(fn)" nil nil)
8643 ;;;***
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17134
8646 ;;;;;; 16260))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8649 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8650 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8654 ;;;***
8656 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8657 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17144 57993))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8660 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8661 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8662 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8663 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8664 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8665 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8666 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8667 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8668 buffer selected (or created).
8670 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8672 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8673 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8674 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8676 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8678 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8679 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8680 The result might be any Lisp object.
8681 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8682 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8683 corresponding to a successful execution.
8685 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8687 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8688 Report a bug in Eshell.
8689 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8690 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8692 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
8694 ;;;***
8696 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8697 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8698 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8699 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8700 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8701 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8702 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (17134
8703 ;;;;;; 4547))
8704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8706 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8707 *File name of tags table.
8708 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8709 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8710 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8711 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8713 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8714 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8715 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8716 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8718 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8720 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8721 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8722 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8723 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8724 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8725 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8727 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8729 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8730 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8731 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8732 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8733 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8734 `auto-compression-mode').")
8736 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8738 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8739 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8740 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8741 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8742 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8744 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8746 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8747 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8748 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8749 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8751 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8753 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8754 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8755 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8756 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8757 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8759 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8761 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8762 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8763 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8764 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8766 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8767 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8768 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8769 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8770 file the tag was in.
8772 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8774 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8775 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8776 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8777 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8778 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8779 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8780 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8781 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8782 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8784 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8786 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8787 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8788 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8789 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8790 without directory names.
8792 \(fn)" nil nil)
8794 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8795 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8796 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8797 but does not select the buffer.
8798 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8800 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8801 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8802 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8803 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8804 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8806 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8808 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8809 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8810 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8812 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8814 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8816 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8817 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8818 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8819 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8821 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8822 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8823 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8824 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8825 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8827 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8829 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8830 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8831 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8833 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8835 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8836 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8838 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8839 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8840 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8841 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8842 around or before point.
8844 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8845 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8846 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8847 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8848 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8850 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8852 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8853 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8854 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8856 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8858 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8859 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8861 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8862 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8863 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8864 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8865 around or before point.
8867 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8868 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8869 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8870 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8871 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8873 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8875 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8876 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8877 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8879 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8881 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8882 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8884 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8885 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8886 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8888 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8889 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8890 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8891 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8892 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8894 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8896 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8897 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8898 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8900 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8902 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8903 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8904 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8906 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8907 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8909 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8910 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8911 where they were found.
8913 \(fn)" t nil)
8915 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8916 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8918 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8919 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8920 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8922 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8923 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8925 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8926 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8928 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8930 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8931 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8932 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8933 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8935 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8936 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8937 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8938 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8939 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8941 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8942 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8944 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8945 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8946 Stops when a match is found.
8947 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8949 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8951 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8953 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8954 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8955 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8956 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8957 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8959 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8961 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8963 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8964 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8965 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8966 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8967 directory specification.
8969 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8971 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8972 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8974 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8976 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8977 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8978 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8979 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8983 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8984 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8985 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8986 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8987 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8989 \(fn)" t nil)
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8994 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8995 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8996 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8997 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8998 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8999 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
9000 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17116 14490))
9001 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9003 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
9004 Not documented
9006 \(fn)" nil nil)
9008 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
9009 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9010 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
9011 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9013 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
9014 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9015 language.
9017 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
9018 even if the buffer is read-only.
9020 See also the descriptions of the variables
9021 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9022 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9024 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9026 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9027 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9029 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9030 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9032 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
9033 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
9034 language.
9036 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
9037 buffer is read-only.
9039 See also the descriptions of the variables
9040 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
9041 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9043 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9045 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9046 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
9047 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9051 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9052 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9054 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9055 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9057 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9058 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9060 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9062 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9063 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9064 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9065 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9067 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9069 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9070 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9071 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9072 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9074 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9075 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9076 the primary language.
9078 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9079 buffer is read-only.
9081 See also the descriptions of the variables
9082 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9083 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9085 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9087 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9088 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9089 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9090 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9092 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9093 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9094 primary language.
9096 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9097 buffer is read-only.
9099 See also the descriptions of the variables
9100 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9101 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9103 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9105 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9106 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9107 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9111 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9112 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9114 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9115 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9116 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9117 3) convert the body into SERA.
9119 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9121 \(fn)" t nil)
9123 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9124 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9125 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9127 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9129 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9130 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9132 \(fn)" t nil)
9134 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9135 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9137 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9138 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9139 be 1, 2, or 3.
9141 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9142 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9143 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9145 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9147 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9149 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9150 Allow the user to input special characters.
9152 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9154 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9155 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9156 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9158 \(fn)" t nil)
9160 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9161 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9163 \(fn)" t nil)
9165 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9166 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9168 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9169 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9171 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9172 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9174 \(fn)" nil nil)
9176 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9177 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9179 \(fn)" nil nil)
9181 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9182 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9184 \(fn)" nil nil)
9186 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9187 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9189 \(fn)" nil nil)
9191 ;;;***
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9194 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9195 ;;;;;; (17134 16282))
9196 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9198 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9199 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9200 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9201 server for future sessions.
9203 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9205 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9206 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9207 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9209 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9211 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9212 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9213 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9215 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9217 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9218 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9219 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9220 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9221 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9222 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9223 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9224 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9225 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9226 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9227 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9228 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9230 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9232 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9233 Display a form to query the directory server.
9234 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9235 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9237 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9239 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9240 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9241 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9243 \(fn)" t nil)
9245 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9247 ;;;***
9249 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9250 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9251 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17134 16279))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9254 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
9255 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9257 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9259 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
9260 Display URL and make it clickable.
9262 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9264 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
9265 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9267 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9269 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
9270 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9272 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9274 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
9275 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9277 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9279 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
9280 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9282 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9284 ;;;***
9286 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9287 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17134 16279))
9288 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9290 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
9291 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9292 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9294 \(fn)" t nil)
9296 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
9297 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9299 \(fn)" t nil)
9301 ;;;***
9303 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9304 ;;;;;; (17134 16279))
9305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9307 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9308 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9310 \(fn)" t nil)
9312 ;;;***
9314 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9315 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9316 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9317 ;;;;;; (17134 4551))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9320 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
9321 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9322 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9324 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9326 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
9327 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9328 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9329 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9330 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9332 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9334 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
9335 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9336 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9337 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9338 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9339 executable.
9341 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9343 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
9344 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9345 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9347 \(fn)" t nil)
9349 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
9350 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9351 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9352 file modes.
9354 \(fn)" nil nil)
9356 ;;;***
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9359 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17141 22737))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9362 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
9363 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9364 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9365 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9367 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9369 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9370 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9371 to generate such functions.
9373 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9374 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9375 beginning of the expanded text.
9377 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9378 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9379 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9380 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9382 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9384 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9386 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
9387 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9388 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9390 \(fn)" t nil)
9392 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
9393 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9394 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9396 \(fn)" t nil)
9397 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9398 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9400 ;;;***
9402 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17134 4553))
9403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9405 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
9406 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9407 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9409 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9410 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9411 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9413 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9415 Key definitions:
9416 \\{f90-mode-map}
9418 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9420 `f90-do-indent'
9421 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9422 `f90-if-indent'
9423 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9424 `f90-type-indent'
9425 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9426 `f90-program-indent'
9427 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9428 (default 2).
9429 `f90-continuation-indent'
9430 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9431 `f90-comment-region'
9432 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9433 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9434 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9435 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9436 (default \"!\").
9437 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9438 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9439 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9440 `f90-break-delimiters'
9441 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9442 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9443 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9444 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9445 (default t).
9446 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9447 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9448 `f90-smart-end'
9449 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9450 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9451 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9452 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9453 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9454 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9455 `f90-leave-line-no'
9456 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9457 `f90-keywords-re'
9458 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9460 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9461 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9463 \(fn)" t nil)
9465 ;;;***
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9468 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9469 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9470 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9471 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17141 22739))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9473 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
9474 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
9476 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
9477 Menu keymap for faces.")
9479 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
9481 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
9482 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9484 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
9486 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
9487 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9489 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
9491 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9492 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9494 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9496 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9497 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9499 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9501 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9502 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9504 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9506 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9507 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9509 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9511 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9513 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9515 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9517 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9518 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9519 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9520 will not show through at all will be removed.
9522 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9524 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9525 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9526 requested face.
9528 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9529 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9530 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9532 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9534 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9535 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9536 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9538 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9539 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9540 requested face.
9542 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9543 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9544 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9546 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9548 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9549 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9550 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9552 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9553 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9554 requested face.
9556 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9557 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9558 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9560 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9562 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9563 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9564 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9565 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9566 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9567 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9568 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9570 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9571 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9572 requested face.
9574 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9575 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9576 to insert cancels the specification.
9578 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9580 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9581 Make the region invisible.
9582 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9583 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9585 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9587 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9588 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9589 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9590 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9594 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9595 Make the region unmodifiable.
9596 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9597 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9599 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9601 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9602 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9604 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9606 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9607 Remove all text properties from the region.
9609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9611 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9612 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9613 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9617 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9618 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9620 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9622 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9623 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9624 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9625 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9626 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9627 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9629 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9631 ;;;***
9633 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9634 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17141 69))
9635 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9637 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9638 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9639 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9640 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9642 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9644 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9645 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9646 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9648 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9649 - When you save the file's buffer.
9650 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9651 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9652 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9653 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9655 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9657 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9658 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9659 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9660 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9664 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9665 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9667 \(fn)" nil nil)
9669 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9671 ;;;***
9673 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9674 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9675 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17032 41292))
9676 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9678 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9679 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9680 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9681 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9683 \(fn)" nil nil)
9685 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9686 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9690 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9691 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9692 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9693 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9697 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9698 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9699 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9700 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9701 backup file names and the like).
9703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9705 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9706 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9707 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9708 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9709 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9710 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9711 internally by feedmail):
9713 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9714 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9715 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9716 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9718 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9719 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9720 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9721 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9722 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9724 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9726 ;;;***
9728 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9729 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17144 6198))
9730 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9732 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9733 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9734 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9735 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9736 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9737 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9738 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9740 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9742 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9743 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9744 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9745 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9746 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9747 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9748 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9750 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9752 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9754 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9756 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9757 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9758 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9759 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9760 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9761 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9763 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9765 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9766 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9767 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9768 Return value:
9769 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9770 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9771 * otherwise, nil
9773 \(fn E)" t nil)
9775 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9776 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9780 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9781 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9783 \(fn)" t nil)
9785 ;;;***
9787 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9788 ;;;;;; (17141 22748))
9789 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9791 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9792 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9793 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9794 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9795 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9796 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9797 \(directories) is done.
9799 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9800 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9801 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9802 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9804 ;;;***
9806 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17141
9807 ;;;;;; 22763))
9808 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
9810 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
9811 Filesets initialization.
9812 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
9814 \(fn)" nil nil)
9816 ;;;***
9818 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9819 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9820 ;;;;;; (17141 22763))
9821 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9823 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9824 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9825 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9826 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9827 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9829 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9831 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9832 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9833 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9834 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9835 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9837 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9839 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9840 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9841 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9842 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9844 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9846 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9847 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9848 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9850 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9852 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9853 as the final argument.
9855 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9857 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9858 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9859 and run dired on those files.
9860 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9861 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9863 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9865 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9867 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9868 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9869 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9871 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9873 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9875 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9877 ;;;***
9879 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9880 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9881 ;;;;;; (17144 6205))
9882 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9884 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9885 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9886 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
9887 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9888 construct.")
9890 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9891 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9892 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9894 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9896 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9898 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9900 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9901 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9902 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9904 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9905 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9907 Variables of interest include:
9909 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9910 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9911 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9913 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9914 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9915 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9917 - `ff-ignore-include'
9918 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9920 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9921 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9923 - `ff-quiet-mode'
9924 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9926 - `ff-special-constructs'
9927 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
9928 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9929 extracting the filename from that construct.
9931 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9932 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9934 - `ff-search-directories'
9935 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9936 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9938 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9939 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9941 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9942 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9944 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9945 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9947 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9948 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9950 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9951 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9953 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9955 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9956 Visit the file you click on.
9958 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9960 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9961 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9963 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
9965 ;;;***
9967 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9968 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
9969 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
9970 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
9971 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
9972 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
9973 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17141 22))
9974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9976 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9977 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9979 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9981 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9982 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
9983 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
9984 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
9985 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
9986 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
9988 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9990 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9991 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9993 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9994 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9995 not selected.
9997 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9998 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9999 in `load-path'.
10001 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10003 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
10004 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10006 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
10007 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10008 places point before the definition.
10009 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10011 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10012 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10013 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10015 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10017 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
10018 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10020 See `find-function' for more details.
10022 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10024 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10025 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10027 See `find-function' for more details.
10029 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10031 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
10032 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10034 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
10035 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
10036 to the buffer or display it.
10038 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10039 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10041 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10043 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
10044 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
10046 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
10047 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10048 places point before the definition.
10050 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10052 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10053 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10054 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10056 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10058 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10059 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10061 See `find-variable' for more details.
10063 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10065 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10066 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10068 See `find-variable' for more details.
10070 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10072 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10073 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10074 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10075 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
10076 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10078 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10079 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10081 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10083 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10084 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10086 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10087 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10088 places point before the definition.
10090 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10092 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10093 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10094 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10096 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10098 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10099 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10100 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10102 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10104 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10105 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10107 \(fn)" t nil)
10109 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10110 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10112 \(fn)" t nil)
10114 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10115 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10117 \(fn)" nil nil)
10119 ;;;***
10121 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10122 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17141 22768))
10123 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10125 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10126 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10128 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10130 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10131 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10133 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10135 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10136 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10138 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10140 ;;;***
10142 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10143 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17141 22768))
10144 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10146 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10147 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10149 \(fn)" t nil)
10151 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10152 Display FILE's commentary section.
10153 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10155 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10157 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10158 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10162 ;;;***
10164 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10165 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17141 22768))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10168 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10169 Toggle flow control handling.
10170 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10171 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10173 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10175 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10176 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10177 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10178 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10179 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10180 to get the effect of a C-q.
10182 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10184 ;;;***
10186 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10187 ;;;;;; (17141 6634))
10188 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10190 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10191 Not documented
10193 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10195 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10196 Not documented
10198 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10200 ;;;***
10202 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10203 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17134 4558))
10204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10206 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10207 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10208 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10209 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10213 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10214 Turn flymake mode on.
10216 \(fn)" nil nil)
10218 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10219 Turn flymake mode off.
10221 \(fn)" nil nil)
10223 ;;;***
10225 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10226 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10227 ;;;;;; (17141 125))
10228 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10230 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10231 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10233 \(fn)" t nil)
10235 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10236 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10237 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10238 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10239 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10240 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10242 Bindings:
10243 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10244 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10245 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10246 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10248 Hooks:
10249 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10251 Remark:
10252 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10253 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10254 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10256 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10257 consider adding:
10258 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10259 in your .emacs file.
10261 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10262 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10266 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10267 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10269 \(fn)" nil nil)
10271 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10272 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10274 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10276 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10277 Flyspell whole buffer.
10279 \(fn)" t nil)
10281 ;;;***
10283 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10284 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10285 ;;;;;; (17141 22775))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10288 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10289 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10291 \(fn)" t nil)
10293 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10294 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10296 \(fn)" t nil)
10298 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10299 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10301 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10302 of two major techniques:
10304 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10305 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10306 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10308 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10309 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10310 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10311 movement commands.
10313 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10314 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10315 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10316 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10317 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10318 mileage may vary).
10320 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10321 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10323 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10325 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10326 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10327 \(This is the default.)
10329 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10330 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10332 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10333 \\{follow-mode-map}
10335 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10337 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10338 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10340 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10341 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10342 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10343 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10344 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10345 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10347 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10348 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10349 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10351 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10352 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10353 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10357 ;;;***
10359 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
10360 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
10361 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (17141 22780))
10362 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
10364 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
10365 Not documented
10367 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
10369 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10370 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10372 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10373 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
10374 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
10375 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
10376 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10377 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10378 end of the current highlighting list.
10380 For example:
10382 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10383 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10384 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10386 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10387 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10389 The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
10390 for modes derived from C mode. To add them for derived modes too,
10391 pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.
10393 For example:
10395 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
10396 (lambda ()
10397 (font-lock-add-keywords nil
10398 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10399 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" .
10400 font-lock-keyword-face)))))
10402 The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
10403 some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
10404 File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10406 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10407 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10408 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10410 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10412 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10413 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10415 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10416 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10418 To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
10419 pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook. This may fail
10420 for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
10421 follow the standard conventions. File a bug report if this
10422 happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10424 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10426 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10427 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10429 \(fn)" t nil)
10431 ;;;***
10433 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17141
10434 ;;;;;; 4115))
10435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10437 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10438 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10439 \\<message-mode-map>
10440 key binding
10441 --- -------
10443 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10444 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10445 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10446 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10447 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10448 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10452 ;;;***
10454 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10455 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17141 22786))
10456 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10458 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10459 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10461 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10462 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10463 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10464 C-c < forms-first-record <
10465 C-c > forms-last-record >
10466 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10467 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10468 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10469 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10470 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10471 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10472 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10473 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10474 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10475 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10477 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10479 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10480 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10482 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10484 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10485 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10487 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10489 ;;;***
10491 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10492 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17134 4564))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10495 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10496 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10497 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10498 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10499 with a character in column 6.")
10501 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10503 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10504 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10505 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10507 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10508 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10510 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10512 Key definitions:
10513 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10515 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10517 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10518 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10519 `fortran-do-indent'
10520 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10521 `fortran-if-indent'
10522 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10523 `fortran-structure-indent'
10524 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10525 (default 3)
10526 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10527 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10528 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10529 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10530 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10531 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10532 nil don't change the indentation
10533 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10534 value of either
10535 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10536 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10537 depending on the continuation format in use.
10538 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10539 indentation for a line of code.
10540 (default 'fixed)
10541 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10542 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10543 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10544 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10545 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10546 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10547 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10548 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10549 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10550 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10551 column 5.
10552 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10553 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10554 statements (default nil).
10555 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10556 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10557 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10558 `fortran-continuation-string'
10559 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10560 line (default \"$\").
10561 `fortran-comment-region'
10562 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10563 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10564 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10565 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10566 as typed (default t).
10567 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10568 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10570 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10571 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10573 \(fn)" t nil)
10575 ;;;***
10577 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10578 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17134 16321))
10579 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10581 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10582 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10584 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10585 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10587 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10589 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10590 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10592 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10593 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10595 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10597 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10598 Compile fortune file.
10600 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10601 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10603 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10605 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10606 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10608 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10609 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10610 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10611 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10613 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10615 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10616 Display a fortune cookie.
10618 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10619 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10620 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10621 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10623 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10625 ;;;***
10627 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10628 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17141 22788))
10629 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10631 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10632 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10633 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10634 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10635 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10636 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10637 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10638 fringe).
10639 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10640 it take real effect.
10641 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10642 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10643 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10645 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10647 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10648 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10650 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10651 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10652 `minimal' and `half'.
10654 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10655 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10656 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10657 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10658 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10659 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10660 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10661 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10662 width of 0.
10664 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10665 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10666 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10667 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10668 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10670 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10672 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10673 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10675 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10676 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10677 `minimal' and `half'.
10679 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10680 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10681 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10682 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10683 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10684 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10685 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10686 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10687 width of 0.
10689 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10690 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10691 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10692 `fringe-mode'.
10694 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10696 ;;;***
10698 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10699 ;;;;;; (17134 20594))
10700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10702 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10703 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10704 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10705 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10707 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10708 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10709 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10710 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10712 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10713 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10714 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10715 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10716 relevant buffer.
10718 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10720 The following commands help control operation :
10722 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10723 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10725 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10726 detailed description of this mode.
10729 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10730 GDB Toolbar
10731 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10732 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10736 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10737 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10738 | (comint-mode)
10745 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10746 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10747 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10748 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10749 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10750 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10752 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10754 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
10755 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10757 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
10759 ;;;***
10761 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10762 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17141
10763 ;;;;;; 23))
10764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10766 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10767 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10768 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10769 instead (which see).")
10771 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10772 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10774 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10775 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10776 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10777 documentation string instead.
10779 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10780 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10781 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10782 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10783 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10784 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10785 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10786 enders are actually possible.
10788 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10789 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10791 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10792 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10793 `font-lock-keywords'.
10795 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10796 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10797 runs the macro expansion.
10799 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10800 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10801 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10803 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10805 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10807 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10808 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10810 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10812 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10813 Enter generic mode MODE.
10815 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10816 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10817 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10819 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10820 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10822 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10824 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
10825 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10826 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10827 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10828 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10829 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10830 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10831 `font-lock-keywords'.
10833 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10835 ;;;***
10837 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10838 ;;;;;; (17097 30669))
10839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10841 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10842 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10843 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10844 at places they belong to.
10846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10848 ;;;***
10850 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10851 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17141 6750))
10852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10854 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10855 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10859 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10860 Read network news.
10861 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10862 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10863 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10864 name of an NNTP server to use.
10865 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10866 server.
10868 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10870 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10871 Read news as a slave.
10873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10875 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10876 Pop up a frame to read news.
10877 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10878 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10879 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10880 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10881 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10882 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10883 current display is used.
10885 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10887 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10888 Read network news.
10889 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10890 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10891 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10893 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10895 ;;;***
10897 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10898 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10899 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10900 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10901 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10902 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17141 6642))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10905 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10906 Start Gnus unplugged.
10908 \(fn)" t nil)
10910 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10911 Start Gnus plugged.
10913 \(fn)" t nil)
10915 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10916 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10920 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10921 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10923 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10924 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10925 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10927 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10928 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10929 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10931 \(fn)" t nil)
10933 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10934 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10936 \(fn)" nil nil)
10938 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10939 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10940 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10941 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10943 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10945 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10946 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10947 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10948 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10950 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10952 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10953 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10955 \(fn)" nil nil)
10957 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10958 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10959 downloaded into the agent.
10961 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10963 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10964 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10965 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10966 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10968 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10970 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10971 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10973 \(fn)" t nil)
10975 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10976 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10978 \(fn)" t nil)
10980 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10981 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10982 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10984 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
10986 ;;;***
10988 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
10989 ;;;;;; (17141 6655))
10990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
10992 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
10993 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
10995 \(fn)" nil nil)
10997 ;;;***
10999 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
11000 ;;;;;; (17141 6658))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
11003 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
11004 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
11006 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11008 ;;;***
11010 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11011 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11012 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17141
11013 ;;;;;; 6658))
11014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11016 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
11017 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11019 Usage:
11020 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11022 \(fn)" t nil)
11024 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
11025 Generate the cache active file.
11027 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11029 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
11030 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11032 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11034 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11035 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11036 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11037 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
11039 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11041 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
11042 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
11043 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
11044 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
11046 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11048 ;;;***
11050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11051 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17141 6662))
11052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11054 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11056 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11057 Delay this article by some time.
11058 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11060 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11061 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11063 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11064 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11066 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11067 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11069 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11071 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11072 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11074 \(fn)" t nil)
11076 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11077 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11078 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11079 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11081 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11082 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11084 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11086 ;;;***
11088 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11089 ;;;;;; (17141 6667))
11090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11092 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11093 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11095 \(fn)" nil nil)
11097 ;;;***
11099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11100 ;;;;;; (17141 6667))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11103 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11104 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11106 \(fn)" t nil)
11108 ;;;***
11110 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11111 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11112 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17141
11113 ;;;;;; 6667))
11114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11116 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11117 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11119 \(fn)" t nil)
11121 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11122 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11124 \(fn)" t nil)
11126 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11127 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11129 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11131 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11132 Return an Face header based on an image file.
11134 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11136 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11137 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11138 The PNG is returned as a string.
11140 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11142 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11143 Convert FILE to a Face.
11144 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11145 726 bytes.
11147 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11149 ;;;***
11151 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11152 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17141 6677))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11155 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11156 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11157 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11159 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11161 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11162 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11164 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11166 ;;;***
11168 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11169 ;;;;;; (17141 6680))
11170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11172 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11174 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11175 Run batched scoring.
11176 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11178 \(fn)" t nil)
11180 ;;;***
11182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11183 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11184 ;;;;;; (17141 6682))
11185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11187 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11188 Not documented
11190 \(fn)" nil nil)
11192 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11193 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11194 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11196 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11198 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11199 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11201 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11205 ;;;***
11207 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11208 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11209 ;;;;;; (17141 6682))
11210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11212 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11213 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11214 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11215 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11216 group parameters.
11218 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11219 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11220 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11221 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11223 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11224 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11225 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11226 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11227 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11228 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11229 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11230 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11231 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11232 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11234 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11236 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11237 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11238 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11239 nil CATCH-ALL).
11241 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11242 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11244 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11246 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11247 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11248 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11250 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11252 \(fn)" nil nil)
11254 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11255 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11256 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11258 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11260 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11261 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11262 existing groups are considered.
11264 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11265 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11266 returned.
11268 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11269 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11270 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11271 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11272 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11273 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11274 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11275 clauses will be generated.
11277 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11278 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11279 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11280 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11281 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11282 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11284 For example, given the following group parameters:
11286 nnml:mail.bar:
11287 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11288 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11289 nnml:mail.foo:
11290 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11291 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11292 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11293 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11294 nnml:mail.others:
11295 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11297 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11299 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11300 \"mail.bar\")
11301 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11302 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11303 \"mail.others\")
11305 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11307 ;;;***
11309 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11310 ;;;;;; (17141 6682))
11311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11313 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11314 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11315 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11317 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11319 ;;;***
11321 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11322 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17141 6686))
11323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11325 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11326 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11327 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11328 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11330 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11332 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11333 Mail to ADDRESS.
11335 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11337 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11338 Like `message-reply'.
11340 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11342 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11344 ;;;***
11346 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11347 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11348 ;;;;;; (17141 6686))
11349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11351 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11352 Display picons in the From header.
11353 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11355 \(fn)" t nil)
11357 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11358 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11359 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11361 \(fn)" t nil)
11363 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11364 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11365 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11367 \(fn)" t nil)
11369 ;;;***
11371 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11372 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11373 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11374 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11375 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17141 6692))
11376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11378 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11379 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11380 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11381 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11383 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11385 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11386 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11387 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11388 LIST1 is modified.
11390 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11392 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11393 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11394 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11396 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11398 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11399 Not documented
11401 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11403 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11404 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11405 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11407 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11409 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11410 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11411 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11413 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11415 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11417 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11418 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11419 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11421 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11423 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11424 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11425 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11427 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11429 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11430 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11431 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11433 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11435 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11436 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11438 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11440 ;;;***
11442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11443 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17141 6692))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11446 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11447 Not documented
11449 \(fn)" t nil)
11451 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11452 Install the registry hooks.
11454 \(fn)" t nil)
11456 ;;;***
11458 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11459 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17141
11460 ;;;;;; 6701))
11461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11463 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11464 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11465 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11466 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11467 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11468 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11470 \(fn)" t nil)
11472 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11473 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11474 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11475 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11476 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11478 \(fn)" t nil)
11480 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11481 Not documented
11483 \(fn)" t nil)
11485 ;;;***
11487 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11488 ;;;;;; (17141 6701))
11489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11491 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11492 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11493 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11494 for matching on group names.
11496 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11497 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11499 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11501 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11503 \(fn)" t nil)
11505 ;;;***
11507 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11508 ;;;;;; (17141 6704))
11509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11511 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11512 Update the format specification near point.
11514 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11516 ;;;***
11518 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11519 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17141
11520 ;;;;;; 6710))
11521 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11523 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11524 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11526 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11528 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11529 Not documented
11531 \(fn)" nil nil)
11533 ;;;***
11535 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11536 ;;;;;; (17141 6744))
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11539 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11540 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11542 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11544 ;;;***
11546 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17134 16326))
11547 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11549 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11550 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11552 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11553 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11554 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11556 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11557 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11558 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11560 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11561 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11563 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11564 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11566 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11568 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11570 ;;;***
11572 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11573 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17134 16285))
11574 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11576 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11578 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11579 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11580 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11581 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11582 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11584 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11586 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11587 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11588 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11589 or to send e-mail.
11590 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11592 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11593 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11595 \(fn)" t nil)
11597 ;;;***
11599 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11600 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11601 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17145 8110))
11602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11604 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11605 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11607 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11609 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11610 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11611 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11612 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11613 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11615 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11616 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11618 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11620 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11621 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11622 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11623 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11625 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11627 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11628 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11630 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11632 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11633 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11635 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11636 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11637 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11639 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11640 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11641 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11643 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11644 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11646 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11647 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11649 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11651 (defvar grep-history nil)
11653 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11655 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11656 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11657 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11659 \(fn)" nil nil)
11661 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11662 Not documented
11664 \(fn)" nil nil)
11666 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11667 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11668 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11669 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11670 where grep found matches.
11672 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11673 easily repeat a grep command.
11675 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11676 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11677 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11678 if that history list is empty).
11680 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11681 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11683 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11685 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
11686 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11688 \(fn)" nil nil)
11690 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11691 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11692 Collect output in a buffer.
11693 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11694 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11696 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11697 easily repeat a find command.
11699 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11701 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11703 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11704 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11705 Collect output in a buffer.
11706 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11707 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11708 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11709 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11710 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11712 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11713 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11715 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11716 easily repeat a find command.
11718 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11719 those sub directories of DIR.
11721 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11723 ;;;***
11725 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17141 22791))
11726 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11728 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11729 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11730 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11731 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11732 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11734 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11736 ;;;***
11738 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
11739 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17134 4576))
11740 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11742 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11743 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11744 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11745 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11747 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11749 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11750 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11751 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11752 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11754 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11756 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11757 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11758 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11759 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11761 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11763 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11764 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11765 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11766 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11768 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11769 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11771 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11773 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11774 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11775 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11776 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11778 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11780 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11781 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11785 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11787 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11788 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11789 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11790 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11791 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11793 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11794 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11795 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11796 original source file access method.
11798 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11799 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11803 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11804 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11809 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11811 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11813 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11814 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11816 \(fn)" t nil)
11818 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
11819 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
11820 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11821 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11822 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
11824 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
11826 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
11828 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
11829 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
11831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11833 ;;;***
11835 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17134
11836 ;;;;;; 16329))
11837 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11839 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11840 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11841 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11842 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11844 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11845 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11846 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11847 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11849 \(fn)" t nil)
11851 ;;;***
11853 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11854 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11857 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11858 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11860 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11862 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11863 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11864 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11865 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11867 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11869 \(fn)" t nil)
11871 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11872 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11873 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11874 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11875 to be updated.
11877 \(fn)" t nil)
11879 ;;;***
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11882 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
11883 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
11884 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17141 22791))
11885 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11887 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11888 Return the help-echo string at point.
11889 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11890 property, or nil, is returned.
11891 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11892 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11893 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11895 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11897 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11898 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11899 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11900 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11901 this produces no string either, return nil.
11903 \(fn)" nil nil)
11905 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11906 Display local help in the echo area.
11907 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11908 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11909 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11910 printed instead.
11912 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11913 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11914 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11918 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11919 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11920 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11922 \(fn)" t nil)
11924 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11925 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11926 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11928 \(fn)" t nil)
11930 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
11931 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
11932 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
11933 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
11934 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
11935 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
11936 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
11937 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
11938 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
11939 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
11940 a non-empty list disables the feature.
11942 This variable only takes effect after a call to
11943 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
11944 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
11945 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
11946 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11948 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
11949 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
11950 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
11951 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
11952 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
11953 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
11954 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
11955 The default is `never'.")
11957 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
11959 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11960 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11961 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11962 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11963 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11964 considered different regions.
11966 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11967 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11968 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11969 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11970 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11971 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11972 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11973 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11974 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11976 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11978 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11979 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11980 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11981 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11982 different regions.
11984 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11985 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11986 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11987 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
11988 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
11989 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
11990 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
11991 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
11993 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
11994 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
11995 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
11996 rarely happens in practice.
11998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12000 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
12001 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12002 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12003 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12004 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12005 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
12007 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12009 ;;;***
12011 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
12012 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 help-C-file-name describe-function
12013 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
12014 ;;;;;; (17141 22794))
12015 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12017 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
12018 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
12019 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
12020 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
12021 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
12022 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
12024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12026 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
12027 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
12028 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
12029 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
12030 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
12031 to the specified name LIBRARY.
12033 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
12034 is used instead of `load-path'.
12036 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
12037 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
12038 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
12040 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
12042 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
12043 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12045 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12047 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
12048 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12049 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12051 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12053 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12055 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12056 Not documented
12058 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12060 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12061 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12062 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12063 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12065 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12067 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12068 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12069 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12070 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12071 it is displayed along with the global value.
12073 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12075 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12076 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12077 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12078 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12080 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12082 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12083 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12084 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12085 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12086 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12088 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12090 ;;;***
12092 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12093 ;;;;;; (17141 22794))
12094 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12096 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12097 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12098 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12099 and window listing and describing the options.
12100 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12101 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12103 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12105 ;;;***
12107 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12108 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12109 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17141 22794))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12112 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12113 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12114 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12115 Commands:
12116 \\{help-mode-map}
12118 \(fn)" t nil)
12120 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12121 Not documented
12123 \(fn)" nil nil)
12125 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12126 Not documented
12128 \(fn)" nil nil)
12130 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12131 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12133 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12134 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12135 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12136 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12138 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12139 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12140 restore it properly when going back.
12142 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12144 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12145 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12147 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12148 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12149 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12150 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12151 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12152 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12153 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12154 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12156 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12157 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12158 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12159 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12161 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12162 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12163 that.
12165 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12167 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12168 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12169 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12170 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12171 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12172 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12174 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12176 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12177 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12178 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12179 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12180 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12182 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12184 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12185 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12187 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12189 ;;;***
12191 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12192 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17141 26))
12193 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12195 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12196 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12198 \(fn)" t nil)
12200 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12201 Provide help for current mode.
12203 \(fn)" t nil)
12205 ;;;***
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12208 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17146 18111))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12211 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12212 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12213 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12214 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12215 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12217 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12218 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12220 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12221 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12222 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12223 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12225 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12226 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12227 periods.
12229 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12230 in hexl format.
12232 A sample format:
12234 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12235 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12236 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12237 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12238 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12239 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12240 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12241 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12242 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12243 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12244 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12245 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12246 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12247 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12248 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12250 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12251 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12252 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12254 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12255 also supported.
12257 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12259 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12260 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12261 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12263 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12264 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12265 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12267 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12268 into the buffer at the current point.
12270 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12271 into the buffer at the current point.
12273 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12274 into the buffer at the current point.
12276 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12278 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12279 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12281 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12283 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12287 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12288 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12289 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12291 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12293 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12294 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12295 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12299 ;;;***
12301 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12302 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12303 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17141
12304 ;;;;;; 22799))
12305 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12307 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12308 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12310 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12312 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12313 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12315 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12316 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12317 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12318 which can be called interactively, are:
12320 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12321 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12323 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12324 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12325 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12326 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12328 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12329 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12331 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12332 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12334 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12335 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12336 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12337 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12338 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12339 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12341 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12342 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12344 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12345 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12346 Hi-lock: FOO
12347 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12348 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12349 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12350 will be read until
12351 Hi-lock: end
12352 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12356 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12358 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12359 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12361 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12362 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12363 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12364 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12366 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12368 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12370 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12371 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12373 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12374 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12375 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12376 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12378 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12380 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12382 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12383 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12385 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12386 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12388 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12390 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12392 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12393 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12395 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12396 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12397 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12398 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12399 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12401 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12403 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12404 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12406 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12407 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12408 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12410 \(fn)" t nil)
12412 ;;;***
12414 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12415 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17134 4576))
12416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12418 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12419 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12420 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12421 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12422 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12423 how the hiding is done:
12425 `hide-ifdef-env'
12426 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12427 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12428 is used.
12430 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12431 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12432 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12433 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12434 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12436 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12437 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12438 #endif lines when hiding.
12440 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12441 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12442 is activated.
12444 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12445 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12446 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12448 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12452 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12453 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12455 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12457 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12458 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12460 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12462 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12463 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12465 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12467 ;;;***
12469 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
12470 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (17134 4579))
12471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12473 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
12474 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
12476 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
12478 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12479 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12480 Each element has the form
12481 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12483 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12484 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12486 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12487 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12489 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12490 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12491 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12492 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12493 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12494 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12496 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12497 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12499 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12500 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12502 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12503 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12504 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12506 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12507 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12508 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12509 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12510 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12511 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12513 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12514 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12515 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12517 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12518 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12520 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12522 Key bindings:
12523 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12527 ;;;***
12529 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12530 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12531 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12532 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12533 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17146 26034))
12534 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12536 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12537 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12538 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12540 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12542 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12543 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12545 Without an argument:
12546 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12547 or passive state as determined by the variable
12548 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12549 and passive state.
12551 With an argument ARG:
12552 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12553 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12554 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12556 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12557 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12558 not displayed in a different face.
12560 Functions:
12561 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12562 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12563 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12564 buffer with the contents of a file
12565 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12566 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12567 various faces
12569 Hook variables:
12570 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12571 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12572 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12576 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12577 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12581 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12582 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12584 \(fn)" t nil)
12586 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12587 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12589 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12590 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12591 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12592 shown in the last face in the list.
12594 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12595 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12596 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12598 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12600 \(fn)" t nil)
12602 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12603 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12605 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12607 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12608 to save the file.
12610 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12611 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12613 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12614 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12615 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12617 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12619 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12620 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12622 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12623 this function is called interactively.
12625 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12626 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12627 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12629 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12630 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12631 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12633 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12635 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12636 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12638 When called interactively:
12639 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12640 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12641 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12642 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12644 When called from a program:
12645 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12646 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12647 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12648 - otherwise just turn it on
12650 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12651 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12652 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12653 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12657 ;;;***
12659 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12660 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12661 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12662 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12663 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17141 22805))
12664 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12666 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12667 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12668 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12669 or insert functions in this list.")
12671 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12673 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12674 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12676 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12678 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12679 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12681 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12683 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12684 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12686 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12688 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12689 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12691 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12693 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12694 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12695 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12697 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12699 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12700 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12701 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12702 \(as atoms)")
12704 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12706 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12707 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12708 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12709 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12710 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12712 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12714 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12715 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12716 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12717 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12718 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12719 expansions.
12720 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12721 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12722 undoes the expansion.
12724 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12726 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12727 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12728 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12729 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12731 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12733 ;;;***
12735 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12736 ;;;;;; (17141 22805))
12737 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12739 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12740 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12741 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12743 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12744 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12745 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12746 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12747 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12749 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12750 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12751 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12752 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12756 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12757 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12758 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12760 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12762 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12764 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12766 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12767 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12768 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12770 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12771 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12775 ;;;***
12777 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12778 ;;;;;; (17097 30004))
12779 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12781 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12782 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12783 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12785 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12787 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12789 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12790 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12792 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12793 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12795 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12797 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12799 ;;;***
12801 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12802 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17141 76))
12803 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12805 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12806 This function is obsolete.
12807 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12808 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12810 \(fn)" nil nil)
12812 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12813 This function is obsolete.
12814 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12815 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12819 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12820 This function is obsolete.
12821 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12822 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12826 ;;;***
12828 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17141
12829 ;;;;;; 6753))
12830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12832 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12833 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12835 \(fn)" t nil)
12837 ;;;***
12839 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12840 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12841 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12842 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12843 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12844 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12845 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12846 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12847 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12848 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12849 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12850 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12851 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12852 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12853 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12854 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12855 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12856 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12857 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12858 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12859 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12860 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17141 22806))
12861 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12864 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12865 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12867 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12869 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12870 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12872 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12874 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12875 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12877 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12879 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12880 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12882 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12884 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12885 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12887 \(fn)" t nil)
12889 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12890 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12892 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12894 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12895 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12897 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12898 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12899 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12900 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12901 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12902 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12903 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12904 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12905 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12906 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12907 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12908 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12910 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12911 Not documented
12913 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12915 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12916 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12918 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12920 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12921 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12923 \(fn)" t nil)
12925 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12926 Remove the first filter group.
12928 \(fn)" t nil)
12930 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12931 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12933 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12935 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12936 Remove all filter groups.
12938 \(fn)" t nil)
12940 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12941 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12943 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12945 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12946 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12947 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12949 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12951 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12952 Kill the filter group at point.
12953 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12955 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12957 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12958 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12960 \(fn)" t nil)
12962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12963 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12965 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12967 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12968 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12969 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12970 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12972 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12974 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12975 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12976 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12978 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12981 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12982 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12983 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12984 of replacing the current filters.
12986 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
12988 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
12989 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
12991 \(fn)" t nil)
12993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12994 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
12996 \(fn)" t nil)
12998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12999 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
13001 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
13002 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
13003 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
13005 \(fn)" t nil)
13007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13008 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
13010 \(fn)" t nil)
13012 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13013 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
13015 \(fn)" t nil)
13017 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
13018 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
13019 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
13020 filter into parts.
13022 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
13024 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13025 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13026 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
13028 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
13030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13031 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13033 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13036 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
13038 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13040 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
13041 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
13042 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
13043 of replacing the current filters.
13045 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13046 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13047 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13048 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
13049 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
13050 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
13051 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
13052 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
13053 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
13055 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13056 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13057 Default sorting modes are:
13058 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13059 Name - the name of the buffer
13060 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13061 Size - the size of the buffer
13063 \(fn)" t nil)
13065 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13066 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13068 \(fn)" t nil)
13069 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13070 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
13071 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
13072 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
13074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13075 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13077 \(fn)" t nil)
13079 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13080 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13081 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13082 for this Ibuffer session.
13084 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13086 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13087 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13088 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13089 for this Ibuffer session.
13091 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13094 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13096 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13097 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13099 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13100 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13102 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13104 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13105 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13107 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13108 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13110 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13112 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13113 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13115 \(fn)" t nil)
13117 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13118 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13120 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13121 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13122 hidden group filter, open it.
13124 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13125 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13126 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13128 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13131 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13132 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13134 \(fn)" t nil)
13136 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13137 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13139 The names are separated by a space.
13140 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13142 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13143 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13144 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13145 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13147 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13152 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13154 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13156 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13157 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13159 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13161 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13162 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13164 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13166 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13167 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13169 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
13171 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13172 Mark all modified buffers.
13174 \(fn)" t nil)
13176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13177 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13179 \(fn)" t nil)
13181 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13182 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13184 \(fn)" t nil)
13186 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13187 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13189 \(fn)" t nil)
13191 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13192 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13194 \(fn)" t nil)
13196 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13197 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13199 \(fn)" t nil)
13201 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13202 Mark all read-only buffers.
13204 \(fn)" t nil)
13206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13207 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13209 \(fn)" t nil)
13211 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13212 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13213 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13214 defaults to one.
13216 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13218 ;;;***
13220 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13221 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17141
13222 ;;;;;; 22806))
13223 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13225 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13226 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13228 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13229 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13230 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13232 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13233 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13234 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13235 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13236 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13237 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13239 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13240 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13241 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13242 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13243 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13245 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13247 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13248 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13249 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13250 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13251 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13253 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13254 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13255 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13257 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13259 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13260 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13261 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13262 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13263 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13264 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13266 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13267 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13268 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13269 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13270 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13271 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13272 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13273 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13274 values are:
13275 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13276 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13277 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13278 buffer's modification flag.
13279 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13280 prompted before performing this operation.
13281 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13282 operation is complete, in the form:
13283 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13284 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13285 confirmation message, in the form:
13286 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13287 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13288 macro for exactly what it does.
13290 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13292 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13293 Define a filter named NAME.
13294 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13295 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13296 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13298 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13299 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13300 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13301 bound to the current value of the filter.
13303 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13305 ;;;***
13307 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13308 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17141 22811))
13309 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13311 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13312 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13313 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13314 buffers which are visiting a file.
13316 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13318 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13319 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13320 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13321 buffers which are visiting a file.
13323 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13325 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13326 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13327 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13329 All arguments are optional.
13330 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13331 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13332 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13333 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13334 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13335 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13336 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13337 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13338 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13339 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13340 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13341 that value locally in this buffer.
13343 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13345 ;;;***
13347 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13348 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13349 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17115 45491))
13350 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13352 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13353 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13354 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13355 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13357 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13359 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13360 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13361 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13362 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13363 ICAL-FILENAME.
13364 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13365 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13366 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13368 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13370 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13371 Import a iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13372 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13373 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13374 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13375 non-marking or not.
13377 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13379 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13380 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13382 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13383 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13384 DIARY-FILE.
13386 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13387 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13388 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13390 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13391 non-marking.
13393 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13394 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13395 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13397 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13399 ;;;***
13401 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17144
13402 ;;;;;; 6205))
13403 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13405 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13406 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13407 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13409 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13411 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13413 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13415 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13416 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13417 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13421 ;;;***
13423 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17134 4581))
13424 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13426 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13427 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13428 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13429 Tab indents for Icon code.
13430 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13431 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13432 \\{icon-mode-map}
13433 Variables controlling indentation style:
13434 icon-tab-always-indent
13435 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13436 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13437 icon-auto-newline
13438 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13439 inserted in Icon code.
13440 icon-indent-level
13441 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13442 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13443 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13444 icon-continued-statement-offset
13445 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13446 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13447 icon-continued-brace-offset
13448 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13449 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13450 icon-brace-offset
13451 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13452 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13453 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13454 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13456 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13457 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13459 \(fn)" t nil)
13461 ;;;***
13463 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13464 ;;;;;; (17144 58053))
13465 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13467 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13468 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13469 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13470 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13472 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13473 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13474 separate frames.
13476 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13477 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13479 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13480 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13481 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13485 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13487 ;;;***
13489 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13490 ;;;;;; (17097 30727))
13491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13493 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13494 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13496 The main features of this mode are
13498 1. Indentation and Formatting
13499 --------------------------
13500 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13501 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13503 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13504 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13505 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13506 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13508 Comments are indented as follows:
13510 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13511 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13512 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13514 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13516 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13517 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13518 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13519 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13520 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13521 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13523 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13524 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13525 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13526 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13528 2. Routine Info
13529 ------------
13530 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13531 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13532 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13533 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13534 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13535 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13536 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13537 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13538 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13539 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13541 3. Online IDL Help
13542 ---------------
13543 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13544 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13545 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13546 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13547 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13548 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13550 4. Completion
13551 ----------
13552 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13553 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13554 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13555 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13556 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13557 upper case.
13559 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13560 --------------------------------
13561 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13562 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13564 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13565 \\fu FUNCTION template
13566 \\c CASE statement template
13567 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13568 \\f FOR loop template
13569 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13570 \\w WHILE loop template
13571 \\i IF statement template
13572 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13573 \\b BEGIN
13575 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13576 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13578 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13579 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13580 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13581 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13583 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13584 -------------------------
13585 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13586 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13588 7. Automatic END completion
13589 ------------------------
13590 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13591 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13593 8. Hooks
13594 -----
13595 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13596 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13598 9. Documentation and Customization
13599 -------------------------------
13600 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13601 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13602 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13603 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13604 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13606 10.Keybindings
13607 -----------
13608 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13609 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13610 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13612 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13614 \(fn)" t nil)
13615 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13617 ;;;***
13619 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13620 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13621 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13622 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13623 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13624 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13625 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13626 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17141
13627 ;;;;;; 22818))
13628 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13630 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13631 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13632 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13633 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13634 displaying...)
13635 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13636 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13637 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13639 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13640 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13642 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13644 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13645 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13646 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13647 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13648 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13649 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13650 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13651 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13652 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13656 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13657 Switch to another buffer.
13658 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13659 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13660 in another frame.
13662 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13663 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13664 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13665 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13666 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13668 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13669 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13671 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13672 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13674 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13675 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13676 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13677 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13678 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13679 in a separate window.
13680 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13681 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13682 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13683 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13684 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13685 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13686 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13687 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13688 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13690 \(fn)" t nil)
13692 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13693 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13694 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13695 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13697 \(fn)" t nil)
13699 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13700 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13701 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13702 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13704 \(fn)" t nil)
13706 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13707 Kill a buffer.
13708 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13709 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13711 \(fn)" t nil)
13713 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13714 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13715 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13716 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13718 \(fn)" t nil)
13720 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13721 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13722 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13723 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13725 \(fn)" t nil)
13727 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13728 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13730 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13732 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13733 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13734 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13735 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13736 visible in another frame.
13738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13739 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13740 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13741 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13742 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13743 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13745 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13746 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13748 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13749 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13751 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13752 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13753 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13754 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13755 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13756 in a separate window.
13757 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13758 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13759 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13760 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13761 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13762 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13763 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13764 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13765 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13766 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13767 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13768 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13769 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13770 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13771 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13773 \(fn)" t nil)
13775 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13776 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13777 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13778 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13780 \(fn)" t nil)
13782 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13783 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13784 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13785 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13787 \(fn)" t nil)
13789 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13790 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13791 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13792 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13794 \(fn)" t nil)
13796 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13797 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13798 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13799 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13801 \(fn)" t nil)
13803 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13804 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13805 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13806 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13808 \(fn)" t nil)
13810 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13811 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13812 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13813 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13815 \(fn)" t nil)
13817 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13818 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13819 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13820 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13822 \(fn)" t nil)
13824 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13825 Write current buffer to a file.
13826 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13827 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13829 \(fn)" t nil)
13831 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13832 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13833 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13834 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13836 \(fn)" t nil)
13838 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13839 Call dired the ido way.
13840 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13841 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13843 \(fn)" t nil)
13845 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13846 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13847 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13848 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13849 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13850 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13852 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13854 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13855 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13856 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13857 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13859 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13861 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13862 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13863 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13864 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13866 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13868 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13869 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13870 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13871 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13872 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13873 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13874 with `completing-read'.
13875 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13876 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13877 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13878 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13879 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13880 with point positioned at the end.
13881 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13882 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13884 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13886 ;;;***
13888 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17141 22821))
13889 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13890 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13892 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13893 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13894 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13896 \(fn)" t nil)
13898 ;;;***
13900 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13901 ;;;;;; (17141 22821))
13902 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13904 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13905 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13907 \(fn)" t nil)
13909 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13910 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914 ;;;***
13916 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13917 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
13918 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-data) "image"
13919 ;;;;;; "image.el" (17141 22821))
13920 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13922 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13923 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13924 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13925 be determined.
13927 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13929 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13930 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13931 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13932 be determined.
13934 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13936 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13937 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13938 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13940 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13942 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13943 Create an image.
13944 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13945 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13946 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13947 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13948 use its file extension as image type.
13949 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13950 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13951 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13952 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13954 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13956 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13957 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13958 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13959 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13960 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13961 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13962 POS may be an integer or marker.
13963 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13964 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13965 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13966 means display it in the right marginal area.
13968 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13970 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13971 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13972 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13973 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13974 defaulted if you omit it.
13975 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13976 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13977 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13978 means display it in the right marginal area.
13979 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13980 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13981 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13982 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13983 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13985 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
13987 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
13988 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13989 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13990 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13991 defaulted if you omit it.
13992 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13993 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13994 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13995 means display it in the right marginal area.
13996 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
13998 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14000 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
14001 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14002 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14003 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14005 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14007 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
14008 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14010 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14012 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14013 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14014 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14015 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14016 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14017 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14018 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14019 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14020 satisfied.
14022 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
14024 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14026 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
14027 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14029 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14030 documentation string.
14032 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14033 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14034 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14035 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14036 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14037 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14038 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14039 define SYMBOL.
14041 Example:
14043 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14044 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14046 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14048 ;;;***
14050 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14051 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14052 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17141 22821))
14053 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14055 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14056 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14057 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14058 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14060 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14061 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14062 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14063 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14065 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14067 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14068 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14069 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14070 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14072 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14073 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14074 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14075 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14077 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14079 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14080 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14082 \(fn)" nil nil)
14084 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14085 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14086 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14087 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14089 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14091 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14092 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14093 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14094 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14095 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14097 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14099 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14101 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14102 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14103 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14104 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14106 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14107 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14108 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14112 ;;;***
14114 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14115 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17097 55485))
14116 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14117 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14118 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14119 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14120 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14121 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14122 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14124 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14125 Major mode for image files.
14126 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14127 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14129 \(fn)" t nil)
14131 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14132 Toggle Image minor mode.
14133 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14134 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14138 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14139 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14140 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14141 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14142 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14143 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14145 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14146 information on these modes.
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14150 ;;;***
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14153 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17141 22824))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14156 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14157 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14159 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14161 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14162 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14163 in the buffer.
14165 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14167 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14168 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14169 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14171 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14173 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14174 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14176 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14177 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14178 pattern's structure.
14180 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14181 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14182 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14183 during matching.")
14185 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14187 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14188 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14190 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14191 of the current buffer as an alist.
14193 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14194 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14195 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14196 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14197 if it is a sub-alist.
14199 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14201 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14203 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14204 Function for finding the next index position.
14206 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14207 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14208 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14209 file.
14211 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14212 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14214 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14216 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14217 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14219 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14220 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14221 It should return the name for that index item.")
14223 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14225 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14226 Function to compare string with index item.
14228 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14229 non-nil if they match.
14231 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14232 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14233 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14234 arguments match\".")
14236 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14238 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14239 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14240 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14242 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14244 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14246 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14248 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14249 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14250 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14251 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14253 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14255 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14256 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14258 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14260 \(fn)" t nil)
14262 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14263 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14264 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14265 for more information.
14267 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14269 ;;;***
14271 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14272 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14273 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17097 30350))
14274 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14276 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14277 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14279 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14281 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14282 Not documented
14284 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14286 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14287 Not documented
14289 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14291 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14292 Not documented
14294 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14296 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14297 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14298 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14299 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14300 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14302 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14304 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14305 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14306 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14307 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14308 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14310 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14312 ;;;***
14314 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14315 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14316 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17134 4617))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14319 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14320 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14321 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14322 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14323 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14325 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14327 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14328 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14330 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14332 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14333 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14334 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14335 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14336 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14337 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14338 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14339 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14341 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14343 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14344 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14345 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14346 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14347 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14349 This variable is only used if the variable
14350 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14352 More precise choices:
14353 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14354 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14355 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14357 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14359 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14361 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14362 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14364 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14365 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14366 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14367 to that buffer.
14368 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14369 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14370 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14371 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14373 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14374 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14376 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14378 ;;;***
14380 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14381 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14382 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14383 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17146 26046))
14384 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14386 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14387 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14389 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14390 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14391 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14393 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14394 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14395 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14396 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14397 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14398 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14399 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14400 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14401 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14402 with the top-level Info directory.
14404 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14405 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14406 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14407 appended to the Info buffer name.
14409 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14410 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14411 in all the directories in that path.
14413 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14415 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14416 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14418 \(fn)" t nil)
14420 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14421 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14422 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14423 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14425 \(fn)" nil nil)
14427 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14428 Go to the Info directory node.
14430 \(fn)" t nil)
14432 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14433 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14434 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14435 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14436 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14437 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14439 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14441 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14442 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14443 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14445 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14447 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14448 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14449 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14450 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14451 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14453 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14454 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14456 Selecting other nodes:
14457 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14458 Follow a node reference you click on.
14459 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14460 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14461 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14462 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14463 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14464 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14465 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14466 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14467 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14468 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14469 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14470 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14471 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14472 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14473 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14474 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14475 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14476 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14477 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14478 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14479 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14481 Moving within a node:
14482 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14483 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14484 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14485 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14486 move up to the parent node.
14487 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14488 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14489 if there is none.
14490 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14492 Advanced commands:
14493 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14494 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14495 \\[Info-edit] Edit contents of selected node.
14496 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14497 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14498 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14499 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14500 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14501 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14502 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14503 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14504 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14505 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14506 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14507 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14508 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14510 \(fn)" nil nil)
14511 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14513 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14514 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14515 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14516 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14517 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14518 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14520 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14521 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14523 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14524 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14525 KEY is a string.
14526 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14527 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14528 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14529 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14531 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14533 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14534 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14535 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14537 \(fn)" t nil)
14539 ;;;***
14541 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14542 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14543 ;;;;;; (17141 22827))
14544 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14546 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14547 Throw away all cached data.
14548 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14549 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14550 system.
14552 \(fn)" t nil)
14553 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14555 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14556 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14557 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14558 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14559 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14560 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14562 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14564 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14565 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14567 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14568 Display the documentation of a file.
14569 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14570 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14571 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14572 The default file name is the one found at point.
14574 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14576 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14578 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14579 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14581 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14583 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14584 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14586 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14588 ;;;***
14590 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14591 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17141 22827))
14592 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14594 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14595 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14597 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14599 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14600 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14601 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14605 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14606 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14607 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14609 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14610 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14611 quite a while.
14613 \(fn)" t nil)
14615 ;;;***
14617 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14618 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17141 22836))
14619 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14621 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14622 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14624 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14626 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14627 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14628 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14630 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14631 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14632 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14634 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14635 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14636 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14637 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14639 \(fn)" t nil)
14641 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14642 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14643 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14645 \(fn)" t nil)
14647 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14648 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14649 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14650 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14651 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14653 \(fn)" nil nil)
14655 ;;;***
14657 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14658 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14659 ;;;;;; (17116 14485))
14660 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14662 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14663 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14665 \(fn)" t nil)
14667 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14668 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14672 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14673 Not documented
14675 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14677 ;;;***
14679 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17141
14680 ;;;;;; 22843))
14681 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14683 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14684 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14685 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14686 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14687 accessed via isearchb.
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14691 ;;;***
14693 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
14694 ;;;;;; (17141 76))
14695 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
14697 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14698 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14699 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14700 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14701 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14702 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14704 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14705 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14707 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14708 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14709 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14710 \"s gives German sharp s.
14711 /a gives a with ring.
14712 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14713 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14714 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14715 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14717 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14718 and a negative argument disables it.
14720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14722 ;;;***
14724 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14725 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14726 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14727 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17097 30247))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14730 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14731 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14732 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14733 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14735 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14737 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14738 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14739 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14740 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14742 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14744 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14745 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14746 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14747 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14749 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14751 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14752 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14753 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14754 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14756 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14758 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14759 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14760 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14761 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14763 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14765 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14766 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14767 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14768 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14770 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14772 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14773 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14774 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14775 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14777 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14779 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14780 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14781 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14782 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14784 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14786 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14787 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14788 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14789 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14791 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14793 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14794 Warn that format is read-only.
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14798 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14799 Warn that format is write-only.
14801 \(fn)" t nil)
14803 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14804 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14806 \(fn)" t nil)
14808 ;;;***
14810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14811 ;;;;;; (17097 30250))
14812 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14813 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14814 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14815 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14817 ;;;***
14819 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14820 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14821 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14822 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14823 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14824 ;;;;;; (17144 58097))
14825 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14827 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14828 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14829 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14830 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14832 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14834 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14835 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
14836 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14838 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
14839 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
14840 re-start emacs.")
14842 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14844 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14846 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14848 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14850 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14852 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14854 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14856 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14857 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14859 Each element of this list is also a list:
14861 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14862 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14864 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14865 nil means the default dictionary.
14867 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14868 word.
14870 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14872 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14873 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14874 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14875 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14876 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
14877 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
14878 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
14879 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14880 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14882 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
14883 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
14884 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
14885 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
14886 for non-ASCII bytes.
14888 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14889 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14890 single word.
14892 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14893 subprocess.
14895 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14896 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14897 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
14898 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14899 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14900 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14901 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14902 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14904 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14906 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14907 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14908 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14910 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14911 Key map for ispell menu.")
14913 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14914 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14915 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14916 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14918 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14920 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14922 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14924 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14926 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14927 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14928 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14929 Valid forms include:
14930 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14931 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14932 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14933 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14935 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14936 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14937 First list is used raw.
14938 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14940 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14941 for skipping in latex mode.")
14943 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14944 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14945 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14946 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14947 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14948 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14950 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14951 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14952 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14953 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14955 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14956 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14957 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14958 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14959 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14961 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14962 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14964 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14965 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14967 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14968 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14970 return values:
14971 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14972 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14973 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14974 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14975 quit spell session exited.
14977 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14979 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14980 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14981 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14983 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14985 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14986 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14988 Selections are:
14990 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14991 SPC: Accept word this time.
14992 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14993 `a': Accept word for this session.
14994 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14995 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14996 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14997 `?': Show these commands.
14998 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14999 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15000 the aborted check to be completed later.
15001 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15002 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15003 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15004 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15005 `C-l': redraws screen
15006 `C-r': recursive edit
15007 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
15009 \(fn)" nil nil)
15011 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
15012 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15013 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15015 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15017 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
15018 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15019 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15020 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15022 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15024 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15026 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
15027 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15028 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15029 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15031 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15033 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
15034 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15036 \(fn)" t nil)
15038 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
15039 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15041 \(fn)" t nil)
15043 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
15044 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15046 \(fn)" t nil)
15048 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
15049 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15050 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15051 sequence inside of a word.
15053 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15055 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15057 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15058 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15060 \(fn)" t nil)
15062 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15063 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15064 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15065 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15067 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15068 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15069 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15070 available on the net.
15072 \(fn)" t nil)
15074 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15075 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15076 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15078 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15079 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15081 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15082 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15086 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15087 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15088 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15089 Don't check included messages.
15091 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15092 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15093 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15095 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15096 in your .emacs file:
15097 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15098 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15099 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15100 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15102 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15103 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15104 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15106 \(fn)" t nil)
15108 ;;;***
15110 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17141
15111 ;;;;;; 22847))
15112 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15114 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15115 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15116 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15118 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15120 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15122 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15124 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15125 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15126 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15127 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15128 `iswitchb' for details.
15130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15132 ;;;***
15134 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15135 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15136 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15137 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17097 30350))
15138 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15140 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15141 Not documented
15143 \(fn)" nil nil)
15145 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15146 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15147 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15148 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15149 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15150 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15151 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15152 necessary to represent OBJ.
15154 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15156 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15157 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15158 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15159 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15161 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15163 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15164 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15165 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15166 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15167 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15169 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15171 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15172 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15173 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15174 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15176 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15178 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15179 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15180 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15181 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15183 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15185 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15186 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15188 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15190 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15191 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15192 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15193 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15194 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15196 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15198 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15199 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15200 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15201 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15202 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15204 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15206 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15207 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15208 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15210 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15212 ;;;***
15214 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (17141
15215 ;;;;;; 22847))
15216 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
15218 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
15219 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
15220 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
15221 that needs to be (re)fontified.
15222 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
15224 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
15226 ;;;***
15228 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15229 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17141 22848))
15230 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15232 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15233 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15234 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15235 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15237 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15238 Not documented
15240 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15242 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15243 Uninstall jka-compr.
15244 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15245 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15246 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15248 \(fn)" nil nil)
15250 ;;;***
15252 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15253 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15254 ;;;;;; (17134 16203))
15255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15257 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15258 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15259 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15260 decimal key must be specified.")
15262 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15264 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15265 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15266 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15267 decimal key must be specified.")
15269 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15271 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15272 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15273 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15274 decimal key must be specified.")
15276 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15278 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15279 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15280 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15281 decimal key must be specified.")
15283 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15285 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15286 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15287 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15288 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15289 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15290 keys are bound.
15292 Setup Binding
15293 -------------------------------------------------------------
15294 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15295 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15296 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15297 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15298 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15299 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15300 in the global and local keymaps.
15302 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15303 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15305 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15307 ;;;***
15309 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15310 ;;;;;; (17097 30250))
15311 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15313 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15314 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15315 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15317 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15318 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15319 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15320 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15321 shorter.
15323 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15324 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15325 the context of text formatting.
15327 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15329 ;;;***
15331 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17097
15332 ;;;;;; 30252))
15333 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15335 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15336 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15337 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15338 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15339 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15340 positions that contains the current selection.")
15342 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15343 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15344 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15345 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15346 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15347 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15348 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15350 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15352 ;;;***
15354 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15355 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15356 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15357 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17141 22852))
15358 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15359 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15360 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15361 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15362 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15363 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15364 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15365 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15367 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15368 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15369 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15370 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15371 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15373 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15375 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15376 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15377 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15379 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15380 defining the macro.
15382 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15383 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15384 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15386 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15387 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15389 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15391 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15392 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15393 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15394 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15395 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15396 under that name.
15398 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15399 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15400 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15402 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15404 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15405 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15406 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15408 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15409 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15410 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15411 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15413 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15414 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15416 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15418 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15419 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15420 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15422 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15423 macro.
15425 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15426 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15428 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15429 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15430 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15432 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15433 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15435 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15437 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15438 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15439 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15440 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15442 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15444 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15445 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15446 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15447 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15449 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15450 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15452 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15454 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15455 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15456 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15458 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15460 ;;;***
15462 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15463 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15464 ;;;;;; (17097 30352))
15465 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15467 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15469 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15470 Not documented
15472 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15474 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15475 Not documented
15477 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15479 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15480 Not documented
15482 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15484 ;;;***
15486 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15487 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17097 30352))
15488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15490 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15491 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15492 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15494 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15495 Not documented
15497 \(fn)" nil nil)
15499 ;;;***
15501 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15502 ;;;;;; (17134 16334))
15503 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15505 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15507 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15508 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15510 \(fn)" t nil)
15512 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15514 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15515 Start or resume an Lm game.
15516 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15517 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15519 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15520 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15521 none / 1 | yes | no
15522 2 | yes | yes
15523 3 | no | yes
15524 4 | no | no
15526 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15527 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15528 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15530 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15532 ;;;***
15534 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15535 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15536 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17097
15537 ;;;;;; 30352))
15538 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15540 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15541 Not documented
15543 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15545 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15546 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15547 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15548 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15549 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15550 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15552 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15553 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15555 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15557 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15558 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15562 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15563 Not documented
15565 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15567 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15568 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15569 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15570 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15571 to compose.
15573 The return value is number of composed characters.
15575 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15577 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15578 Not documented
15580 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15582 ;;;***
15584 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15585 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15586 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17097 30252))
15587 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15589 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15590 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15591 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15593 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15595 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15596 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15597 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15599 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15601 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15602 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15603 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15605 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15607 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15608 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15609 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15610 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15612 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15614 ;;;***
15616 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15617 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17097 30256))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15620 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15621 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15622 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15623 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15624 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15625 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15626 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15627 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15629 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15630 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15633 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15635 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15637 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15638 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15639 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15640 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15641 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15642 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15643 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15644 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15646 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15648 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15649 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15650 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15651 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15654 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15656 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15658 ;;;***
15660 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15661 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17141 78))
15662 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15664 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15665 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15666 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15667 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15669 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15671 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15672 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15673 JIT Lock's favor.
15675 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15677 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15678 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15679 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15680 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15681 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15682 for large buffers.
15684 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15685 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15686 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15687 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15688 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15690 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15691 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15692 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15693 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15694 slow to keep up with your typing.
15696 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15697 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15698 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15699 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15700 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15701 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15703 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15704 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15705 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15706 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15708 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
15709 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15710 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15711 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15713 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15714 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15715 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15716 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15717 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15721 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15722 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15724 \(fn)" nil nil)
15726 ;;;***
15728 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15729 ;;;;;; (17134 4617))
15730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15732 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
15734 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15735 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15737 \(fn)" t nil)
15739 ;;;***
15741 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15742 ;;;;;; (17141 22852))
15743 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15745 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15746 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15748 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15749 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15751 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15752 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15754 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15755 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15756 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15757 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15758 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15759 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15760 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15761 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15762 and transmit saved text.
15763 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15764 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15765 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15767 \(fn)" t nil)
15769 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15770 Not documented
15772 \(fn)" nil nil)
15774 ;;;***
15776 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17134 16334))
15777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15779 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15780 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15781 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15782 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15783 generations (this defaults to 1).
15785 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15787 ;;;***
15789 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17141
15790 ;;;;;; 22852))
15791 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15793 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15794 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15795 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15796 is nil, raise an error.
15798 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15799 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15800 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15801 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15802 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15803 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15804 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15805 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15806 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15808 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15810 ;;;***
15812 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15813 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17141 22855))
15814 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15816 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15817 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15818 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15820 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15822 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15823 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15824 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15826 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15828 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15829 Run the locate command with a filter.
15831 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15832 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15834 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15836 ;;;***
15838 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17141 22855))
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15841 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15842 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15843 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15844 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15845 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15846 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15847 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15848 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15849 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15850 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15851 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15852 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15853 uses the current buffer.
15855 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15857 ;;;***
15859 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17141
15860 ;;;;;; 22855))
15861 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15863 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15864 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15866 \(fn)" t nil)
15868 ;;;***
15870 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17141
15871 ;;;;;; 22857))
15872 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15874 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
15875 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15876 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15877 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15878 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15880 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15881 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15882 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15884 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15885 are indicated with a symbol.
15887 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15889 ;;;***
15891 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15892 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17141
15893 ;;;;;; 22857))
15894 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15896 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15898 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15900 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15901 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15902 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15904 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15905 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15907 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15908 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15909 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15910 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15911 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15912 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15913 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15915 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15917 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15918 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15919 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15920 switch on this list.
15921 See `lpr-command'.")
15923 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15925 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15926 *Name of program for printing a file.
15928 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15929 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15930 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15931 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15932 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15933 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15934 argument.")
15936 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15938 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15939 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15940 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15941 for customization of the printer command.
15943 \(fn)" t nil)
15945 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15946 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15948 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15949 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15950 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15951 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15953 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15954 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15956 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15957 for further customization of the printer command.
15959 \(fn)" t nil)
15961 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15962 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15963 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15964 for customization of the printer command.
15966 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15968 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15969 Paginate and print the region contents.
15971 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15972 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15973 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15974 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15976 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15977 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15979 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15980 for further customization of the printer command.
15982 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15984 ;;;***
15986 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15987 ;;;;;; (17141 22857))
15988 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15990 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15991 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15992 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15994 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
15996 ;;;***
15998 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17097
15999 ;;;;;; 30010))
16000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16002 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
16003 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16004 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
16006 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16010 ;;;***
16012 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17134
16013 ;;;;;; 4617))
16014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16016 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
16017 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16018 \\{m4-mode-map}
16020 \(fn)" t nil)
16022 ;;;***
16024 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16025 ;;;;;; (17141 33))
16026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16028 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
16029 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16030 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16031 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16032 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16034 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16036 ;;;***
16038 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16039 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17141 22860))
16040 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16042 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16043 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16044 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16045 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16046 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16048 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16050 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
16051 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16052 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16053 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16055 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16056 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16057 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16058 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16059 bindings.
16061 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16062 use this command, and then save the file.
16064 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16066 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16067 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16068 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16069 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16070 each time the macro executes.
16071 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16072 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16073 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16074 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16075 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16076 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16077 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16079 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16081 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16082 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16083 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16084 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16086 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16087 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16088 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16089 execute.
16091 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16092 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16094 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16095 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16096 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16097 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16098 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16100 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16101 looked like this:
16103 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16104 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16105 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16107 You could enter the names in this format:
16113 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16115 \\C-x (
16116 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16117 \\C-x )
16119 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16120 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16122 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16123 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16125 ;;;***
16127 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16128 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17141 4120))
16129 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16131 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16132 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16133 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16134 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16135 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16137 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16138 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16139 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16140 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16141 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16143 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16144 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16145 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16146 consing a string.)
16148 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16150 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16151 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16153 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16155 ;;;***
16157 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16158 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16159 ;;;;;; (17141 4121))
16160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16162 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16163 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16165 \(fn)" nil nil)
16167 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16168 Not documented
16170 \(fn)" nil nil)
16172 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16173 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16175 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16177 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16178 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16179 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16180 message.
16182 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16184 \(fn)" nil nil)
16186 ;;;***
16188 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16189 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16190 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17141
16191 ;;;;;; 4123))
16192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16194 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16195 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16196 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16197 often correct parser.")
16199 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16201 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16202 Not documented
16204 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16206 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16207 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16208 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16209 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16211 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16213 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16214 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16215 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16216 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16218 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16220 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16221 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16222 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16223 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16224 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16225 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16226 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16227 as Rmail does.
16229 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16231 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16232 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16233 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16234 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16235 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16236 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16238 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16240 ;;;***
16242 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16243 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17141 4124))
16244 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16246 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16247 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16249 \(fn)" nil nil)
16251 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16252 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16253 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16255 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16257 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16258 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16259 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16261 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16263 ;;;***
16265 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16266 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17141
16267 ;;;;;; 4125))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16270 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16271 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16272 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16273 king@grassland.com
16274 If `parens', they look like:
16275 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16276 If `angles', they look like:
16277 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16279 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16281 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16282 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16283 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16284 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16285 their `Resent-' variants.
16287 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16288 removed from alias expansions.
16290 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16292 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16293 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16294 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16296 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16297 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16298 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16299 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16301 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16303 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16304 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16305 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16306 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16308 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16310 ;;;***
16312 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16313 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16314 ;;;;;; (17134 4623))
16315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16317 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16318 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16320 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16321 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16322 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16323 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16324 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16325 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16327 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16328 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16329 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16330 dependency, despite the colon.
16332 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16334 In the browser, use the following keys:
16336 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16338 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16340 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16341 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16343 `makefile-target-colon':
16344 The string that gets appended to all target names
16345 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16346 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16348 `makefile-macro-assign':
16349 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16350 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16351 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16352 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16353 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16354 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16356 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16357 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16358 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16360 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16361 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16363 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16364 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16365 up or down in the browser.
16367 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16368 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16370 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16371 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16373 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16374 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16375 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16376 has been selected in the browser.
16378 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16379 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16380 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16381 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16382 filenames are omitted.
16384 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16385 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16386 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16387 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16388 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16389 the backslash itself intact.
16390 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16391 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16393 `makefile-browser-hook':
16394 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16395 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16397 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16398 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16399 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16400 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16402 \(fn)" t nil)
16404 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16405 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16407 \(fn)" t nil)
16409 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16410 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16412 \(fn)" t nil)
16414 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16415 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16417 \(fn)" t nil)
16419 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16420 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16422 \(fn)" t nil)
16424 ;;;***
16426 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17141
16427 ;;;;;; 22860))
16428 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16430 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16431 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16432 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16434 \(fn)" t nil)
16436 ;;;***
16438 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17141 22861))
16439 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16441 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16443 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16444 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16445 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16446 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16447 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16448 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16449 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16451 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16452 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16453 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16454 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16456 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16458 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16459 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16461 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16463 ;;;***
16465 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17141 22861))
16466 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16468 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16469 Toggle Master mode.
16470 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16471 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16472 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16474 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16475 following commands:
16477 \\{master-mode-map}
16479 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16480 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16481 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16485 ;;;***
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17146
16488 ;;;;;; 18389))
16489 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16491 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16493 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16494 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16495 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16496 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16497 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16499 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16501 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16503 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16504 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16505 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16506 created in the future.
16507 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16508 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16512 ;;;***
16514 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16515 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16516 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16517 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16518 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16519 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
16520 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
16521 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
16522 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
16523 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
16524 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
16525 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
16526 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
16527 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (17142 44975))
16528 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16530 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16531 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16533 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16534 king@grassland.com
16535 If `parens', they look like:
16536 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16537 If `angles', they look like:
16538 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16540 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16541 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16543 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16545 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16546 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16548 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16550 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16551 *Local news organization file.")
16553 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16555 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16556 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16557 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16558 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16560 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16561 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16562 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16564 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16566 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16568 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16569 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16571 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16572 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16573 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16574 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16576 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16578 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16579 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16580 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16581 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16583 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16585 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16586 *Function for citing an original message.
16587 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16588 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16589 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16591 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16593 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16594 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16595 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16596 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16597 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16599 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16601 (defvar message-signature t "\
16602 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16603 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16604 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16605 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16607 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16609 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16610 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16611 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16612 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16614 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16616 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16617 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16619 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16621 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16623 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
16624 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
16626 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
16628 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
16629 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
16630 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16632 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16634 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
16635 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
16636 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16638 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
16640 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
16641 Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body.
16642 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
16643 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
16644 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
16646 \(fn)" t nil)
16648 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
16649 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
16650 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16652 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16654 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
16655 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
16656 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
16657 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
16658 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
16659 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
16660 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
16662 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
16664 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
16665 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
16666 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16668 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16670 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
16671 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
16673 \(fn)" t nil)
16675 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16676 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16677 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16678 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16679 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16680 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16681 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16682 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16683 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16684 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16685 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16686 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16687 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16688 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16689 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16690 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16691 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16692 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16693 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16694 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16695 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16696 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16697 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16698 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16699 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16700 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16701 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16702 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16703 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16704 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16705 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16706 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16707 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16708 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16709 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16710 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16711 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16713 \(fn)" t nil)
16715 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16716 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16717 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16719 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16721 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16722 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16724 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16726 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16727 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16729 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16731 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16732 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16734 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16736 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16737 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16738 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16740 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16742 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16743 Cancel an article you posted.
16744 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16748 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16749 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16750 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16751 header line with the old Message-ID.
16753 \(fn)" t nil)
16755 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16756 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16758 \(fn)" t nil)
16760 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16761 Forward the current message via mail.
16762 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16763 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16765 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16767 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16768 Not documented
16770 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16772 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16773 Not documented
16775 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16777 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16778 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16780 \(fn)" t nil)
16782 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16783 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16785 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16787 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16788 Re-mail the current message.
16789 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16790 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16791 you.
16793 \(fn)" t nil)
16795 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16796 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16798 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16800 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16801 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16803 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16805 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16806 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16808 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16810 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16811 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16813 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16815 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16816 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16817 Works by overstriking characters.
16818 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16819 which specify the range to operate on.
16821 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16823 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16824 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16825 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16826 which specify the range to operate on.
16828 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16830 ;;;***
16832 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16833 ;;;;;; (17134 4623))
16834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16836 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16837 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16838 Special commands:
16839 \\{meta-mode-map}
16841 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16842 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16844 \(fn)" t nil)
16846 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16847 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16848 Special commands:
16849 \\{meta-mode-map}
16851 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16852 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16854 \(fn)" t nil)
16856 ;;;***
16858 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16859 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16860 ;;;;;; (17141 4126))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16863 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16864 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16865 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16867 \(fn)" t nil)
16869 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16870 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16871 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16872 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16873 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16874 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16875 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16877 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16879 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16880 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16881 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16882 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16883 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16884 means current).
16885 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16886 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16888 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16890 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16891 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16892 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16893 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16894 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16895 means current).
16896 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16897 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16899 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16901 ;;;***
16903 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16904 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17097
16905 ;;;;;; 30407))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16908 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16909 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16910 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16911 system.
16913 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16915 \(fn)" t nil)
16917 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16918 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16919 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16920 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16921 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16922 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16924 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16925 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16927 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16929 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16930 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16931 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16933 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16934 initial Subject field, respectively.
16936 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16937 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16938 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16940 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16942 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16944 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16945 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16946 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16947 system.
16949 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16951 \(fn)" t nil)
16953 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16954 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
16956 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
16957 using the MH mail handling system.
16959 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16960 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16961 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16962 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
16963 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16964 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
16965 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16967 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16968 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
16970 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16971 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16973 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
16975 \(fn)" t nil)
16977 ;;;***
16979 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
16980 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17146 26082))
16981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16983 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16984 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16985 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16986 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16990 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
16991 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16992 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16993 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16997 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
16998 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17000 \(fn)" t nil)
17002 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
17003 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17005 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
17006 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
17007 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
17009 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
17010 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
17011 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
17013 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17015 Ranges
17016 ======
17017 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
17018 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
17019 ways.
17021 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
17022 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
17023 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
17024 in the mh(1) man page):
17026 <num1>-<num2>
17027 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
17028 must be nonempty.
17030 `<num>:N'
17031 `<num>:+N'
17032 `<num>:-N'
17033 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
17034 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
17036 `first:N'
17037 `prev:N'
17038 `next:N'
17039 `last:N'
17040 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17042 `all'
17043 All of the messages.
17045 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
17046 unseen'.
17048 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
17049 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
17050 messages in that region.
17052 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17054 \(fn)" t nil)
17056 ;;;***
17058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17097 30424))
17059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17061 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17063 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17065 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17067 ;;;***
17069 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17070 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17141 22866))
17071 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17073 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17074 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17075 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17076 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17077 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17078 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17079 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17080 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17081 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17082 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17083 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17085 \(fn)" t nil)
17087 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17088 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17089 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17090 to its second argument TM.
17092 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17094 ;;;***
17096 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17097 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17141 22866))
17098 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17100 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17101 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17102 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17104 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17106 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17108 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17110 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17111 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17112 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17113 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17114 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17115 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17116 default indication.
17118 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17119 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17123 ;;;***
17125 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17126 ;;;;;; (17134 4626))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17129 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17130 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17131 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17133 \(fn)" t nil)
17135 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17137 ;;;***
17139 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17140 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17141 ;;;;;; (17097 30355))
17142 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17144 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17145 Not documented
17147 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17149 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17150 Not documented
17152 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17154 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17155 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17156 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17157 PATTERN regexp.
17159 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17161 ;;;***
17163 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17164 ;;;;;; (17141 6779))
17165 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17167 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17168 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17169 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17170 the entire message.
17171 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17173 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17175 ;;;***
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17178 ;;;;;; (17141 6779))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17181 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17182 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17183 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17184 the entire message.
17185 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17187 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17189 ;;;***
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17192 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17141 6779))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17195 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17196 Insert file contents of URL.
17197 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17199 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17201 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17202 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17204 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17206 ;;;***
17208 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17141
17209 ;;;;;; 6782))
17210 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17212 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17213 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17215 \(fn)" nil nil)
17217 ;;;***
17219 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17220 ;;;;;; (17141 6788))
17221 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17223 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17224 Not documented
17226 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17228 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17229 Not documented
17231 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17233 ;;;***
17235 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17236 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17237 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17142 44976))
17238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17240 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17241 Not documented
17243 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17245 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17246 Not documented
17248 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17250 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17251 Not documented
17253 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17255 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17256 Not documented
17258 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17260 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17261 Not documented
17263 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17265 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17266 Not documented
17268 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17270 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17271 Not documented
17273 \(fn)" nil nil)
17275 ;;;***
17277 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17278 ;;;;;; (17073 44110))
17279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17281 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17282 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17283 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17284 followed by the first character of the construct.
17285 \\<m2-mode-map>
17286 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17287 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17288 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17289 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17290 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17291 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17292 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17293 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17294 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17295 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17296 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17297 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17298 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17299 \\[m2-link] link
17301 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17302 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17303 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17305 \(fn)" t nil)
17307 ;;;***
17309 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17310 ;;;;;; (17134 16334))
17311 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17313 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17314 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17316 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17318 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17319 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17321 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17323 ;;;***
17325 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17141
17326 ;;;;;; 22869))
17327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17329 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17330 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17331 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17332 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17333 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17335 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17337 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17339 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17340 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17341 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17342 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17344 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17346 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17348 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17350 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17351 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17352 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17353 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17354 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17355 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17357 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17358 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17359 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17360 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17361 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17363 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17364 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17366 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17367 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17369 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17371 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17372 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17373 primary selection and region.
17375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17377 ;;;***
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17134 16334))
17380 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17382 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17383 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17385 \(fn)" t nil)
17387 ;;;***
17389 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17141 22875))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17392 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17393 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17394 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17395 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17396 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17398 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17400 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17402 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17403 Toggle Msb mode.
17404 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17405 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17406 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17410 ;;;***
17412 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17413 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17414 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17415 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17416 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17417 ;;;;;; (17097 30270))
17418 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17420 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17421 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17422 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17423 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17424 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17425 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17426 set of ISO charsets.
17428 Each element has the following format:
17429 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17431 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17433 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17434 CHARSET are mapped.
17436 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17437 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17438 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17439 character code in CHARSET.
17441 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17442 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17443 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17445 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17446 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17447 TO2, or...
17448 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17449 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17451 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17452 Display a list of all character sets.
17454 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17455 internal Emacs use.
17457 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17458 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17459 hexadecimal digits.
17460 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17461 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17463 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17464 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17465 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17466 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17468 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17469 but still shows the full information.
17471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17473 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17474 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17475 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17476 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17477 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17479 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17480 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17481 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17482 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17483 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17485 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17487 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17488 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17489 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17490 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17491 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17493 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17495 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17496 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17498 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17500 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17501 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17503 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17505 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17506 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17508 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17509 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17510 in place of `..':
17511 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17512 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17513 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17514 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17515 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17516 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17517 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17518 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17519 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17520 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17521 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17522 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17523 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17524 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17525 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17526 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17528 \(fn)" t nil)
17530 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17531 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17533 \(fn)" t nil)
17535 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17536 Display a list of all coding systems.
17537 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17539 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17540 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17544 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17545 Display a list of all coding categories.
17547 \(fn)" nil nil)
17549 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17550 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17552 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17554 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17555 Display information about FONTSET.
17556 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17558 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17560 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17561 Display a list of all fontsets.
17562 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17563 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17564 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17568 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17569 Display information about all input methods.
17571 \(fn)" t nil)
17573 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17574 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17576 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17577 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17578 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17579 system which uses fontsets).
17581 \(fn)" t nil)
17583 ;;;***
17585 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17586 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17587 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17588 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17589 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17590 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17097 30270))
17591 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17593 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17594 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17595 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17597 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17599 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17601 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17602 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17604 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17605 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17607 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17608 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17610 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17612 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17613 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17614 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17615 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17616 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17617 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17618 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17620 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17621 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17622 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17623 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17624 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17625 middle of a character in STR.
17627 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17628 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17630 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17631 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17632 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17633 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17634 defaults to \"...\".
17636 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17638 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17639 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17641 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17642 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17643 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17645 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17646 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17647 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17649 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17650 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17651 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17652 is considered.
17653 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17654 longer than KEYSEQ.
17655 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17657 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17659 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17660 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17661 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17662 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17663 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17664 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17665 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17666 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17667 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17668 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17669 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17671 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17673 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17674 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17676 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17678 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17679 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17681 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17683 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17684 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17686 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17688 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17689 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17691 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17693 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17694 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17695 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17696 coding systems ordered by priority.
17698 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17700 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17701 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17702 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17703 language environment LANG-ENV.
17705 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17707 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17708 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17709 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17710 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17711 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17712 basis, this may not be accurate.
17714 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17716 ;;;***
17718 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17719 ;;;;;; (17141 22878))
17720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17722 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17723 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17724 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17726 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17728 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17730 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17732 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17733 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17734 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17735 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17739 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17740 Enable mouse wheel support.
17742 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17744 ;;;***
17746 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17747 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17748 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17749 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17144 6947))
17750 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17752 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17753 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17755 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17757 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17758 Ping HOST.
17759 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17760 `ping-program-options'.
17762 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17764 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17765 Run ipconfig program.
17767 \(fn)" t nil)
17769 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17771 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17772 Run netstat program.
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17776 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17777 Run the arp program.
17779 \(fn)" t nil)
17781 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17782 Run the route program.
17784 \(fn)" t nil)
17786 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17787 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17789 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17791 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17792 Run nslookup program.
17794 \(fn)" t nil)
17796 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17797 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17799 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17801 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
17802 Run dig program.
17804 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17806 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17807 Run ftp program.
17809 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
17811 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17812 Finger USER on HOST.
17814 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17816 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17817 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17818 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17819 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17821 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17823 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17824 Not documented
17826 \(fn)" t nil)
17828 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17829 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17831 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17833 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17834 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17836 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17838 ;;;***
17840 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17841 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17842 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17843 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17844 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17845 ;;;;;; (17145 6052))
17846 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17848 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17850 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17852 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17854 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17856 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17857 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17858 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17859 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17860 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17861 Major modes should set this variable.")
17863 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17864 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17865 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17866 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17867 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17868 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17870 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17872 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17873 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17875 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17876 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17877 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17878 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17880 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17881 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17883 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17884 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17885 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17887 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17888 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17889 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17890 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17891 column indentation or nil.
17892 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17894 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17895 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17896 The function has no args.
17898 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17899 comments always start in column zero.")
17901 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17902 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17903 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17905 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17907 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17908 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17909 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17910 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17912 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17913 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17915 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17917 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17918 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17919 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17920 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17921 customize this variable.
17923 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17924 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17926 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17928 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17929 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17930 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17931 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17932 the variables are properly set.
17934 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17936 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17937 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17939 \(fn)" nil nil)
17941 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17942 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17943 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17945 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17947 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17948 Set the comment column based on point.
17949 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17950 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17951 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17952 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17954 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17956 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17957 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17958 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17960 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17962 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17963 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17964 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17965 comment markers.
17967 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17969 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17970 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17971 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17972 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17973 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17974 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17975 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17976 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17978 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17979 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17981 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17983 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17984 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17985 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17986 is passed on to the respective function.
17988 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17990 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
17991 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17992 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17993 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17994 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17995 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
17996 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17997 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17999 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18001 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18002 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18003 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18005 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
18007 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
18008 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18009 This indents the body of the continued comment
18010 under the previous comment line.
18012 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18013 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18014 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18016 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18017 or comment indentation.
18019 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18020 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18022 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18024 ;;;***
18026 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18027 ;;;;;; (17141 6794))
18028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18030 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
18031 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18033 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18035 ;;;***
18037 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17141
18038 ;;;;;; 6794))
18039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18041 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
18042 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18043 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18044 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18045 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18046 symbol in the alist.
18048 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18050 ;;;***
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18053 ;;;;;; (17141 6800))
18054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18056 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18057 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18058 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18060 \(fn)" t nil)
18062 ;;;***
18064 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18065 ;;;;;; (17141 6805))
18066 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18068 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18069 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18070 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18072 \(fn)" t nil)
18074 ;;;***
18076 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18077 ;;;;;; (17141 6814))
18078 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18080 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18081 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18083 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18085 ;;;***
18087 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18088 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17141 6817))
18089 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18091 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18092 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18094 \(fn)" t nil)
18096 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18097 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18099 \(fn)" t nil)
18101 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18102 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18104 \(fn)" t nil)
18106 ;;;***
18108 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18109 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17141 22879))
18110 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18112 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18113 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18114 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18116 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18118 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18119 Not documented
18121 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18123 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18124 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18125 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18126 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18127 to future sessions.
18129 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18131 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18132 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18133 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18134 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18135 to future sessions.
18137 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18139 ;;;***
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18142 ;;;;;; (17141 135))
18143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18145 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18146 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18147 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18148 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18149 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18150 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18152 \(fn)" t nil)
18154 ;;;***
18156 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18157 ;;;;;; (17134 4626))
18158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18160 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18161 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18162 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18163 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18164 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18166 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
18168 ;;;***
18170 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18171 ;;;;;; (17134 4626))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18174 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18175 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18176 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18178 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18180 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18181 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18183 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18184 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18185 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18189 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18191 ;;;***
18193 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18194 ;;;;;; (17134 4632))
18195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18197 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18198 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18200 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18201 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18202 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18203 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18205 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18206 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18207 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18208 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18209 is why you need this mode!).
18211 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18212 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18213 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18215 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18217 Keybindings
18218 ===========
18220 \\{octave-mode-map}
18222 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18223 ==============================================
18225 octave-auto-indent
18226 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18227 Default is nil.
18229 octave-auto-newline
18230 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18231 Default is nil.
18233 octave-blink-matching-block
18234 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18235 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18237 octave-block-offset
18238 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18239 Default is 2.
18241 octave-continuation-offset
18242 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18243 Default is 4.
18245 octave-continuation-string
18246 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18247 Default is a backslash.
18249 octave-mode-startup-message
18250 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18251 Default is t.
18253 octave-send-echo-input
18254 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18255 command to the inferior Octave process.
18257 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18258 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18259 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18261 octave-send-echo-input
18262 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18264 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18266 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18267 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18269 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18270 (setq auto-mode-alist
18271 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18273 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18274 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18276 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18277 (lambda ()
18278 (abbrev-mode 1)
18279 (auto-fill-mode 1)
18280 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18281 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18283 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18284 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18285 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18286 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18288 \(fn)" t nil)
18290 ;;;***
18292 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18293 ;;;;;; (17141 82))
18294 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18296 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18297 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18298 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18300 \(fn)" t nil)
18302 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18303 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18304 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18305 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18306 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18308 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18310 \(fn)" t nil)
18312 ;;;***
18314 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler
18315 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link org-diary org-agenda
18316 ;;;;;; org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17141
18317 ;;;;;; 159))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18320 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18321 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18322 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18324 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18325 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18326 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18327 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18328 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18329 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18330 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18331 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18332 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18333 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18335 The following commands are available:
18337 \\{org-mode-map}
18339 \(fn)" t nil)
18341 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18342 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18344 The following commands are available:
18346 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18348 \(fn)" t nil)
18350 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18351 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18352 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18353 will be able to go to other weeks.
18354 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18355 also be shown, under the current date.
18356 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18357 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18358 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18360 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18362 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18363 Return diary information from org-files.
18364 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18365 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18366 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18367 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18369 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18370 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18371 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18373 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18374 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18375 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18376 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18378 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18379 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18380 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18382 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18383 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18384 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18385 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18387 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18389 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18391 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18392 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18394 &%%(org-diary)
18396 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18397 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18398 also be written as
18400 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18402 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18403 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18404 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18406 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18408 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18409 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18410 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18411 \\[org-insert-link].
18412 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18413 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18414 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18416 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18418 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18419 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18420 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18421 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18422 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18424 \(fn)" nil nil)
18426 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18427 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18428 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18429 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18430 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18431 file the text at a specific location.
18432 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18433 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18434 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18436 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18437 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18438 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18439 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18440 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18441 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18442 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18443 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18445 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18446 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18447 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18448 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18450 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18451 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18452 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18454 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18455 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18456 \(i.e. after the stars).
18458 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18460 \(fn)" nil nil)
18462 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18463 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18465 \(fn)" nil nil)
18467 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18468 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18472 ;;;***
18474 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18475 ;;;;;; (17141 22882))
18476 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18478 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18479 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18480 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18481 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18483 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18484 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18485 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18486 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18488 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18489 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18490 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18491 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18492 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18493 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18495 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18496 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18497 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18499 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18500 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18501 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18502 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18503 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18504 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18505 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18506 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18507 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18508 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18509 The subheadings remain visible.
18510 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18512 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18513 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18514 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18516 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18517 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18519 \(fn)" t nil)
18521 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18522 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18523 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18524 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18528 ;;;***
18530 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17141 22882))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18533 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18534 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18535 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18537 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18539 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18541 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18543 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18544 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18545 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18546 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18548 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18549 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18553 ;;;***
18555 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18556 ;;;;;; (17097 30010))
18557 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18559 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18560 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18561 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18562 unknown are returned as nil.
18564 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18566 ;;;***
18568 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17134
18569 ;;;;;; 4635))
18570 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18572 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18573 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18574 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18576 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18577 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18579 Other useful functions are:
18581 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18582 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18583 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18584 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18585 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18586 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18587 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18588 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18589 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
18591 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18593 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18594 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18595 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18596 Indentation for case statements.
18597 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18598 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18599 mark after an end.
18600 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18601 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18602 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18603 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18604 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18605 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18606 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18607 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18608 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18609 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18611 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18612 pascal-separator-keywords.
18614 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18615 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18617 \(fn)" t nil)
18619 ;;;***
18621 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18622 ;;;;;; (17134 16203))
18623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18625 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18626 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18627 The keys affected are:
18628 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18629 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18630 M-Backspace does undo.
18631 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18632 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18633 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18635 \(fn)" t nil)
18637 ;;;***
18639 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18640 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17134 16203))
18641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18643 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18644 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18645 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18646 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18647 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18649 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18651 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18653 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18654 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18656 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18658 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18659 which modify the status of the mark.
18661 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18662 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18664 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18665 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18667 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18668 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18669 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18670 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18671 turning PC Selection mode on.
18673 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18674 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18676 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18677 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18678 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18680 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18681 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18682 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18684 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18685 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18687 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18688 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18689 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18691 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18692 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18693 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18695 F6 other-window
18696 DELETE delete-char
18697 C-DELETE kill-line
18698 M-DELETE kill-word
18699 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18700 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18701 M-BACKSPACE undo
18703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18705 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18706 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18707 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18708 and cursor movement commands.
18709 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18711 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18713 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18715 ;;;***
18717 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17141
18718 ;;;;;; 22882))
18719 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18721 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18722 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18724 \(fn)" nil nil)
18726 ;;;***
18728 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18729 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17141 22882))
18730 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18732 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18733 Completion for `gzip'.
18735 \(fn)" nil nil)
18737 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18738 Completion for `bzip2'.
18740 \(fn)" nil nil)
18742 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18743 Completion for GNU `make'.
18745 \(fn)" nil nil)
18747 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18748 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18750 \(fn)" nil nil)
18752 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18754 ;;;***
18756 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18757 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17141 22882))
18758 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18760 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18761 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18763 \(fn)" nil nil)
18765 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18766 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18768 \(fn)" nil nil)
18770 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18771 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18773 \(fn)" nil nil)
18775 ;;;***
18777 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17141
18778 ;;;;;; 22882))
18779 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18781 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18782 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18783 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18784 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18785 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18786 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18788 \(fn)" nil nil)
18790 ;;;***
18792 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18793 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18794 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17141 22882))
18795 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18797 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18798 Completion for `cd'.
18800 \(fn)" nil nil)
18802 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18804 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18805 Completion for `rmdir'.
18807 \(fn)" nil nil)
18809 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18810 Completion for `rm'.
18812 \(fn)" nil nil)
18814 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18815 Completion for `xargs'.
18817 \(fn)" nil nil)
18819 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18821 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18822 Completion for `which'.
18824 \(fn)" nil nil)
18826 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18827 Completion for the `chown' command.
18829 \(fn)" nil nil)
18831 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18832 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18834 \(fn)" nil nil)
18836 ;;;***
18838 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18839 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18840 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17141
18841 ;;;;;; 22885))
18842 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18844 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18845 Support extensible programmable completion.
18846 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18847 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18849 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18851 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18852 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18854 \(fn)" t nil)
18856 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18857 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18858 This will modify the current buffer.
18860 \(fn)" t nil)
18862 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18863 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18865 \(fn)" t nil)
18867 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18868 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18869 This will modify the current buffer.
18871 \(fn)" t nil)
18873 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18874 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18876 \(fn)" t nil)
18878 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18879 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18881 \(fn)" t nil)
18883 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18884 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18885 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18886 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18887 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18889 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18891 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18892 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18894 \(fn)" nil nil)
18896 ;;;***
18898 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18899 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18900 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17141 22894))
18901 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18903 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18904 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18905 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18906 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18908 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18910 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
18912 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18913 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18914 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18915 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18916 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18917 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18918 FLAGS is ignored.
18920 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18922 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18923 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18924 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18925 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18926 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18927 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18928 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18929 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18931 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18933 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18934 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18935 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18936 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18937 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18938 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18939 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18940 passed to cvs.
18942 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18944 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18945 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18946 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18947 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18948 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18949 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18950 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18952 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18954 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18956 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18957 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18958 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18960 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18962 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18963 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18964 nil means never do it.
18965 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18966 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18967 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18969 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18971 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18972 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18973 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18975 ;;;***
18977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17141 22888))
18978 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18980 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18982 ;;;***
18984 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18985 ;;;;;; (17134 4639))
18986 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
18988 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
18989 Major mode for editing Perl code.
18990 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
18991 Tab indents for Perl code.
18992 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
18993 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
18994 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18995 \\{perl-mode-map}
18996 Variables controlling indentation style:
18997 `perl-tab-always-indent'
18998 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
18999 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19000 `perl-tab-to-comment'
19001 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
19002 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
19003 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
19004 `perl-nochange'
19005 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
19006 `perl-indent-level'
19007 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
19008 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
19009 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
19010 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
19011 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
19012 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
19013 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
19014 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
19015 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
19016 `perl-brace-offset'
19017 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
19018 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
19019 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
19020 this far to the right of the start of its line.
19021 `perl-label-offset'
19022 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
19023 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
19024 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
19026 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
19027 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
19028 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
19029 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
19030 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
19031 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
19032 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
19034 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19038 ;;;***
19040 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
19041 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
19042 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
19043 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (17141 6830))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
19046 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19047 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
19048 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19050 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
19052 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19053 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19054 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19055 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19056 the region.
19058 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
19060 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19061 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19063 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19065 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19066 Decrypt the current buffer.
19067 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19068 the region.
19070 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
19072 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19073 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19074 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19075 a detached signature.
19076 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19077 and the the output is displayed.
19079 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
19081 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19082 Sign the current buffer.
19083 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19084 detached signature.
19085 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19086 within the region.
19087 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19088 and the the output is displayed.
19090 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
19092 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19093 Verify the current region between START and END.
19094 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19095 the detached signature of the current region.
19097 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19098 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19100 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19102 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19103 Verify the current buffer.
19104 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19105 the detached signature of the current region.
19106 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19107 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19108 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19109 within the region.
19111 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19113 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19114 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19116 \(fn)" t nil)
19118 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19119 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19121 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19123 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19124 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19126 \(fn)" t nil)
19128 ;;;***
19130 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19131 ;;;;;; (17141 162))
19132 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19134 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19135 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19136 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19137 afterwards settable by these commands:
19138 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19139 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19140 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19141 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19142 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19143 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19144 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19145 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19146 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19147 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19148 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19149 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19150 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19151 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19152 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19153 with these commands:
19154 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19155 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19156 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19157 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19158 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19159 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19160 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19161 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19162 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19163 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19164 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19165 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19166 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19167 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19168 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19169 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19170 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19171 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19172 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19173 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19174 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19175 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19176 text is saved in the kill ring.
19177 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19178 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19179 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19180 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19181 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19182 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19183 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19184 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19185 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19186 if invoked soon enough.
19187 You can return to the previous mode with:
19188 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19189 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19191 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19193 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19194 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19196 \(fn)" t nil)
19198 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19200 ;;;***
19202 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19203 ;;;;;; (17141 162))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19206 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19207 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19208 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19210 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19212 ;;;***
19214 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17134 16334))
19215 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19217 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19218 Play pong and waste time.
19219 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19220 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19222 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19224 \\{pong-mode-map}
19226 \(fn)" t nil)
19228 ;;;***
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19231 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17141 35))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19234 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19235 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19236 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19237 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19239 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19241 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19242 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19244 \(fn)" nil nil)
19246 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19247 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19248 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19249 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19250 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19252 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19254 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19255 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19256 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19257 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19258 in the variable `values'.
19260 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19262 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19263 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19264 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19265 Ignores leading comment characters.
19267 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19269 ;;;***
19271 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19272 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19273 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19274 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19275 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19276 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19277 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19278 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19279 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19280 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19281 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19282 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19283 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19284 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19285 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19286 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19287 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19288 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19289 ;;;;;; (17141 22904))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19292 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19293 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19295 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19297 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19299 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19301 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19302 Preview directory using ghostview.
19304 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19305 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19306 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19307 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19309 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19310 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19311 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19312 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19313 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19314 file name.
19316 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19318 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19320 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19321 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19323 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19324 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19325 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19326 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19328 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19329 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19330 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19331 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19332 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19333 file name.
19335 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19337 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19339 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19340 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19342 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19343 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19344 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19345 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19347 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19348 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19349 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19350 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19351 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19352 file name.
19354 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19356 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19358 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19359 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19361 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19363 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19364 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19365 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19366 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19368 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19369 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19370 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19371 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19372 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19373 file name.
19375 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19377 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19379 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19380 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19382 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19383 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19384 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19386 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19387 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19388 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19389 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19391 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19393 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19394 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19396 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19397 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19398 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19400 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19401 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19402 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19403 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19405 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19407 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19408 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19410 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19411 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19412 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19414 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19415 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19416 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19417 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19419 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19421 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19422 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19424 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19426 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19427 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19428 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19430 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19431 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19432 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19433 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19435 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19437 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19438 Preview region using ghostview.
19440 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19442 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19444 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19445 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19447 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19449 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19451 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19452 Print region using PostScript printer.
19454 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19456 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19458 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19459 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19461 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19463 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19465 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19466 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19468 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19470 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19472 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19473 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19475 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19477 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19479 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19480 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19482 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19484 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19486 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19487 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19489 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19491 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19493 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19494 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19495 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19496 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19498 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19499 matching.
19501 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19502 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19504 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19506 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19508 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19509 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19510 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19511 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19513 \(fn)" t nil)
19515 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19516 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19517 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19518 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19520 \(fn)" t nil)
19522 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19523 Print directory using text printer.
19525 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19526 matching.
19528 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19529 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19531 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19533 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19535 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19536 Print buffer using text printer.
19538 \(fn)" t nil)
19540 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19541 Print region using text printer.
19543 \(fn)" t nil)
19545 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19546 Print major mode using text printer.
19548 \(fn)" t nil)
19550 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19551 Preview spooled PostScript.
19553 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19554 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19555 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19557 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19558 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19559 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19561 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19563 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19564 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19566 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19567 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19568 instead of sending it to the printer.
19570 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19571 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19572 image in a file with that name.
19574 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19576 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19577 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19579 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19580 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19581 instead of sending it to the printer.
19583 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19584 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19585 image in a file with that name.
19587 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19589 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19590 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19592 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19593 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19594 instead of sending it to the printer.
19596 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19597 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19598 image in a file with that name.
19600 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19602 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19603 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19605 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19607 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19608 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19610 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19612 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19613 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19615 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19617 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19618 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19620 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19622 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19623 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19625 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19627 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19628 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19630 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19631 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19632 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19633 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19635 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19636 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19637 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19638 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19639 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19640 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19641 file name.
19643 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19645 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19646 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19648 \(fn)" t nil)
19650 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19651 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19653 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19654 right.
19655 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19656 bottom.
19658 \(fn)" t nil)
19660 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19661 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19663 \(fn)" t nil)
19665 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19666 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19668 \(fn)" t nil)
19670 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19671 Toggle printing with faces.
19673 \(fn)" t nil)
19675 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19676 Toggle spooling.
19678 \(fn)" t nil)
19680 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19681 Toggle duplex.
19683 \(fn)" t nil)
19685 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19686 Toggle tumble.
19688 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19689 right.
19690 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19691 bottom.
19693 \(fn)" t nil)
19695 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19696 Toggle landscape.
19698 \(fn)" t nil)
19700 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19701 Toggle upside-down.
19703 \(fn)" t nil)
19705 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19706 Toggle line number.
19708 \(fn)" t nil)
19710 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19711 Toggle zebra stripes.
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19715 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19716 Toggle printing header.
19718 \(fn)" t nil)
19720 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19721 Toggle printing header frame.
19723 \(fn)" t nil)
19725 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19726 Toggle menu lock.
19728 \(fn)" t nil)
19730 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19731 Toggle auto region.
19733 \(fn)" t nil)
19735 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19736 Toggle auto mode.
19738 \(fn)" t nil)
19740 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19741 Customization of the `printing' group.
19743 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19745 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19746 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19748 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19750 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19751 Help for the printing package.
19753 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19756 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19758 \(fn)" t nil)
19760 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19761 Interactively select a text printer.
19763 \(fn)" t nil)
19765 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19766 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19768 \(fn)" t nil)
19770 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19771 Show current ps-print settings.
19773 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19775 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19776 Show current printing settings.
19778 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19780 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19781 Show current lpr settings.
19783 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19785 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19786 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
19788 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19789 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19790 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19791 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
19794 Interactively, you have the following situations:
19796 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19797 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
19798 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
19800 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19801 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19802 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
19803 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
19804 current active printer.
19806 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19807 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
19808 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19809 printer.
19811 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19812 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
19813 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
19814 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19815 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19818 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19819 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19821 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19823 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19824 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19825 be done using the new current active printer.
19827 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19828 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19829 printer.
19831 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19832 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19833 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19834 instead of sending it to the printer.
19836 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19837 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19838 printer.
19840 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19843 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19844 are both set to t.
19846 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19848 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19849 Fast fire function for text printing.
19851 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19852 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19853 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19854 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19856 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19857 user for a new active text printer.
19859 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19861 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19863 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19864 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19865 printer.
19867 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19869 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19870 are both set to t.
19872 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19874 ;;;***
19876 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19877 ;;;;;; (17134 4639))
19878 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19880 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19881 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19882 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19883 Commands:
19884 \\{prolog-mode-map}
19885 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19886 if that value is non-nil.
19888 \(fn)" t nil)
19890 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19891 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19893 \(fn)" t nil)
19895 ;;;***
19897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17127 36411))
19898 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19900 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19901 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19902 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
19904 ;;;***
19906 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17134
19907 ;;;;;; 4640))
19908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19910 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19911 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19913 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19915 The following variables hold user options, and can
19916 be set through the `customize' command:
19918 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19919 `ps-mode-tab'
19920 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19921 `ps-mode-print-function'
19922 `ps-run-prompt'
19923 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19924 `ps-run-x'
19925 `ps-run-dumb'
19926 `ps-run-init'
19927 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19928 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
19930 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
19933 \\{ps-mode-map}
19936 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
19937 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19938 The keymap for this second window is:
19940 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
19943 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19944 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19945 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19946 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19947 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19949 \(fn)" t nil)
19951 ;;;***
19953 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
19954 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
19955 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
19956 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17141 22908))
19957 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19959 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19960 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19962 Valid values are:
19964 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19965 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19966 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19967 changed by setting the variable
19968 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19969 The initial value of this variable is
19970 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19971 documentation).
19973 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19974 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19975 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19976 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19977 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19978 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19979 test it.
19981 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19982 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19983 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19984 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19985 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19986 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
19987 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
19988 use this value, be sure to have installed
19989 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
19990 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
19991 documentation of this variable).
19993 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
19994 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
19995 characters. This is convenient when you want or
19996 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
19997 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
19998 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
20000 Any other value is treated as nil.")
20002 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
20004 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20005 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
20006 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
20008 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20010 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
20011 Not documented
20013 \(fn)" nil nil)
20015 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
20016 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
20018 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
20020 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20022 Returns the value:
20024 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20026 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20027 the sequence.
20029 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20031 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
20032 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
20034 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
20035 composition.
20037 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
20039 Returns the value:
20041 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
20043 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
20044 the sequence.
20046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
20048 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
20049 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20051 \(fn)" nil nil)
20053 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20054 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20055 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20057 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20059 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20060 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20061 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20063 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20065 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20066 Not documented
20068 \(fn)" nil nil)
20070 ;;;***
20072 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20073 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20074 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20075 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20076 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20077 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17141
20078 ;;;;;; 22919))
20079 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20081 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20082 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20083 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20085 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20087 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20088 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20089 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20090 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20092 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20094 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20095 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20097 Valid values are:
20099 nil Do not print colors.
20101 t Print colors.
20103 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20104 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20106 Any other value is treated as t.")
20108 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20110 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20111 Customization of ps-print group.
20113 \(fn)" t nil)
20115 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20116 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20118 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20119 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20120 sending it to the printer.
20122 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20123 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20124 image in a file with that name.
20126 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20128 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20129 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20130 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20131 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20132 so it has a way to determine color values.
20134 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20136 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20137 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20138 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20140 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20142 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20143 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20144 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20145 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20146 so it has a way to determine color values.
20148 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20150 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20151 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20152 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20153 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20155 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20157 \(fn)" t nil)
20159 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20160 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20161 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20162 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20163 so it has a way to determine color values.
20165 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20167 \(fn)" t nil)
20169 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20170 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20171 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20173 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20175 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20177 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20178 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20179 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20180 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20181 so it has a way to determine color values.
20183 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20185 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20187 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20188 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20190 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20191 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20192 instead of sending it to the printer.
20194 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20195 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20196 image in a file with that name.
20198 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20200 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20201 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20202 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20203 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20204 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20206 \(fn)" t nil)
20208 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20209 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20210 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20212 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20214 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20215 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20216 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20218 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20220 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20221 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20223 \(fn)" nil nil)
20225 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20226 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20228 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20229 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20231 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20232 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20234 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20236 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20238 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20240 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20241 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20243 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20244 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20246 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20247 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20249 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20251 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20253 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20255 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20256 foreground and background colors respectively.
20258 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20259 bold - use bold font.
20260 italic - use italic font.
20261 underline - put a line under text.
20262 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20263 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20264 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20265 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20266 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20268 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20270 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20272 ;;;***
20274 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20275 ;;;;;; (17097 30752))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20278 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20280 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20282 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20284 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20285 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20286 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20287 buffer automatically.
20288 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20289 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20290 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20291 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20292 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20293 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20295 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20297 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20298 Major mode for editing Python files.
20299 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20300 parsing of the source.
20301 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20302 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20303 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20305 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20306 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20307 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20308 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20309 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20310 \\<python-mode-map>
20311 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20312 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20313 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20314 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20315 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20316 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20318 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20319 effect outside them.
20321 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20322 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20323 lines count as headers.
20325 \\{python-mode-map}
20327 \(fn)" t nil)
20329 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20330 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20331 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20332 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20334 \(fn)" t nil)
20336 ;;;***
20338 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20339 ;;;;;; (17141 6833))
20340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20342 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20343 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20344 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20345 coding-system.
20347 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20348 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20350 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20351 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20352 them into characters should be done separately.
20354 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20356 ;;;***
20358 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20359 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20360 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20361 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20362 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17097 30282))
20363 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20365 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20366 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20368 \(fn)" nil nil)
20370 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20371 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20372 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20374 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20375 `quail-activate', which see.
20377 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20379 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20380 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20381 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20382 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20383 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20384 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20385 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20387 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20388 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20389 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20390 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20391 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20392 shown.
20393 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20395 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20396 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20397 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20398 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20399 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20400 list of candidates.
20402 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20403 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20404 command to be called.
20406 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20407 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20408 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20409 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20411 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20412 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20413 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20414 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20415 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20416 to t.
20418 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20419 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20420 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20421 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20423 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20424 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20425 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20426 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20428 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20429 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20430 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20431 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20432 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20433 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20435 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20436 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20437 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20438 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20439 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20440 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20442 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20443 covers Quail translation region.
20445 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20446 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20447 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20448 for it) is inserted.
20450 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20451 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20452 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20454 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20455 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20456 non-Quail commands.
20458 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20460 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20461 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20463 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20464 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20465 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20466 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20467 you type is correctly handled.
20469 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20471 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20472 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20474 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20475 keyboard type.
20477 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20479 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20480 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20481 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20482 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20483 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20484 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20485 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20486 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20487 for the translation.
20488 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20490 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20491 it is used to handle KEY.
20493 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20494 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20495 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20496 the following annotation types are supported.
20498 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20499 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20501 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20502 candidate list.
20504 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20505 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20506 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20507 inserted.
20509 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20510 generated for the following translations.
20512 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20514 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20515 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20517 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20518 which to install MAP.
20520 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20522 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20524 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20525 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20527 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20528 which to install MAP.
20530 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20532 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20534 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20535 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20536 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20537 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20538 a function, or a cons.
20539 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20540 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20541 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20542 for the translation.
20543 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20544 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20545 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20546 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20547 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20549 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20550 it is used to handle KEY.
20552 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20553 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20554 current Quail package.
20556 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20557 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20559 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20561 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20562 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20564 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20565 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20567 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20569 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20570 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20572 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20574 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20575 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20576 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20577 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20578 of the Emacs source tree.
20580 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20581 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20583 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20584 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20585 of each directory.
20587 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20589 ;;;***
20591 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20592 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20593 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17134
20594 ;;;;;; 16286))
20595 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20597 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20598 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20599 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20600 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20602 To make use of this do something like:
20604 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20606 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20608 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20609 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20611 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20612 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20613 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20615 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20617 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20618 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20620 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20622 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20623 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20625 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20626 is decided.
20628 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20630 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20631 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20633 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20634 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20635 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20637 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20639 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20640 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20642 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20644 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20645 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20647 \(fn)" t nil)
20649 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20650 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20652 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20654 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20656 \(fn)" t nil)
20658 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20659 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20661 \(fn)" t nil)
20663 ;;;***
20665 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17134
20666 ;;;;;; 16288))
20667 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20669 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20670 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20671 See \\[compile].
20673 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20675 ;;;***
20677 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20678 ;;;;;; (17141 35))
20679 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20681 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
20683 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20684 Construct a regexp interactively.
20686 \(fn)" t nil)
20688 ;;;***
20690 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17141 22921))
20691 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20693 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20694 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20695 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20696 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20697 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20699 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20701 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
20703 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20704 Toggle recentf mode.
20705 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20706 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20708 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20709 that were operated on recently.
20711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20713 ;;;***
20715 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20716 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20717 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20718 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17141
20719 ;;;;;; 22921))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20722 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20723 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20724 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20725 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20727 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20729 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20731 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20732 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20733 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20734 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20735 ends.
20737 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20738 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20739 to be deleted.
20741 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20743 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20744 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20745 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20747 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20748 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20749 deleted.
20751 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20753 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20754 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20755 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20757 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20759 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20760 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20762 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20763 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
20765 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20766 deleted.
20768 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20770 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
20771 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
20773 \(fn)" t nil)
20775 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20776 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
20777 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
20778 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
20779 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
20780 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
20781 and point is at the lower right corner.
20783 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
20785 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
20786 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20788 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
20789 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
20791 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20792 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
20793 on the right side of the rectangle.
20795 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20797 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
20799 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
20800 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
20801 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
20802 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
20803 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
20805 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20806 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
20808 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20810 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
20811 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
20812 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
20814 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20816 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20818 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20820 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20821 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20823 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20824 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20825 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20827 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20829 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20830 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20831 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20833 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20834 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20835 rectangle which were empty.
20837 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20839 ;;;***
20841 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17141
20842 ;;;;;; 166))
20843 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20845 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20846 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20847 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20849 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20850 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20851 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20855 ;;;***
20857 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20858 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17141 212))
20859 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20861 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20862 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20864 \(fn)" nil nil)
20866 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20867 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
20869 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
20870 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
20872 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
20873 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20874 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20875 \\ref macro.
20877 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
20878 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20879 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
20881 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20882 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20883 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
20885 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20886 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20888 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20889 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
20891 \\{reftex-mode-map}
20892 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20893 on the menu bar.
20895 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20899 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20900 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20901 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20903 \(fn)" nil nil)
20905 ;;;***
20907 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20908 ;;;;;; (17141 169))
20909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20911 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20912 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20913 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20914 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
20915 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20916 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20918 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20920 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20922 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
20923 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
20924 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
20925 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
20926 `reftex-cite-format'.
20928 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20929 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20930 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20931 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20933 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20935 ;;;***
20937 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20938 ;;;;;; (17141 170))
20939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
20941 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
20942 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
20943 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
20944 the current TeX document.
20946 With no argument, this command toggles
20947 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
20948 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
20950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20952 ;;;***
20954 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20955 ;;;;;; (17141 177))
20956 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20958 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20959 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20960 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20962 To insert new phrases, use
20963 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
20964 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
20966 To index phrases use one of:
20968 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
20969 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
20970 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
20971 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
20972 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
20974 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
20975 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
20977 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20979 Here are all local bindings.
20981 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
20983 \(fn)" t nil)
20985 ;;;***
20987 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20988 ;;;;;; (17141 184))
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
20991 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
20992 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
20993 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
20994 of master file.
20996 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
20998 ;;;***
21000 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
21001 ;;;;;; (17141 35))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
21004 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
21005 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
21006 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
21007 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
21008 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
21009 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
21011 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
21012 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
21014 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
21015 by \\=\\< and \\>.
21017 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
21019 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
21020 Return the depth of REGEXP.
21021 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
21022 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
21024 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
21026 ;;;***
21028 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17141 22924))
21029 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
21031 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
21032 Repeat most recently executed command.
21033 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
21034 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
21035 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
21037 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
21038 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
21039 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
21041 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
21043 ;;;***
21045 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
21046 ;;;;;; (17144 6941))
21047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
21049 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
21050 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21052 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21053 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21054 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21055 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21056 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21057 and point is left after the salutation.
21059 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21060 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21061 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21062 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21063 left after that text.
21065 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21066 is non-nil.
21068 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21069 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21070 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21071 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21073 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21075 ;;;***
21077 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21078 ;;;;;; (17141 22927))
21079 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21081 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21082 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21083 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21084 visibility of comments that precede it.
21085 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21086 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21087 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21088 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21089 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21090 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21091 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21092 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21093 the comment lines.
21094 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21095 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21096 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21097 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21098 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21101 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21103 ;;;***
21105 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17141
21106 ;;;;;; 22927))
21107 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21109 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21110 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21112 \(fn)" nil nil)
21114 ;;;***
21116 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21117 ;;;;;; (17141 22927))
21118 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21120 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21121 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21122 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21124 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21125 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21126 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21130 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21131 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21132 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21133 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21134 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21136 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21138 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21140 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21141 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21142 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21144 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21145 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21146 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21150 ;;;***
21152 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
21153 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
21154 ;;;;;; (17141 22927))
21155 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
21157 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
21158 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21159 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
21160 If emacs is not running under a window system,
21161 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
21163 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21165 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
21166 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21167 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
21168 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
21169 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
21171 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21173 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
21174 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
21175 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21176 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21177 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
21179 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
21181 (put (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21183 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
21184 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
21185 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
21186 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
21187 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
21188 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
21189 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
21191 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21192 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21196 ;;;***
21198 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21199 ;;;;;; (17141 39))
21200 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21202 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21203 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21205 \(fn X)" nil nil)
21207 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21208 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21210 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21212 ;;;***
21214 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17134 16288))
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21216 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21218 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21219 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21220 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21221 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21223 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21225 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21226 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21227 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21228 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21230 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21231 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21233 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21234 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21236 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21237 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21238 INPUT-ARGS.
21240 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21241 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21242 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21243 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21244 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21246 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21247 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21248 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21249 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21251 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21252 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21253 variable.
21255 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21257 ;;;***
21259 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21260 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21261 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21262 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21263 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21264 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21265 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17146
21266 ;;;;;; 26052))
21267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21269 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21270 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21271 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21273 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21275 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21276 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21277 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21278 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21280 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21282 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21283 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21284 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21285 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21286 value is the user's email address and name.)
21287 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21289 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:\\|^x-mailman-copy:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:\\|^x-archive:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization\\|^resent-openpgp" "\\|^openpgp:\\|^x-request-pgp:\\|^x-original.*:" "\\|^x-virus-scanned:\\|^x-spam-[^s].*:") "\
21290 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21291 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21292 which normally happens once for each message,
21293 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21294 To make a change in this variable take effect
21295 for a message that you have already viewed,
21296 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21298 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21300 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21301 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21302 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21303 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21305 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21307 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21308 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21310 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21312 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21313 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21314 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21315 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21317 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21319 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21320 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21322 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21324 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21325 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21327 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21329 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21330 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21331 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21332 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21333 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21335 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21337 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21338 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21339 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21340 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21342 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21344 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21345 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21347 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21349 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21350 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21352 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21354 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21355 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21357 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21359 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21360 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21362 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21363 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21365 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21366 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21368 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21370 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21371 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21373 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21374 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21375 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21376 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21378 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21379 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21381 This is set to nil by default.")
21383 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21384 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21385 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21386 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21387 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21389 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21391 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21392 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21393 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21394 It is called with no argument.")
21396 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21397 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21398 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21399 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21400 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21401 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21402 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21404 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21405 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21406 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21407 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21408 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21409 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21411 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21412 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21413 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21414 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21415 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21417 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21418 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21419 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21420 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21421 MSG is the message number,
21422 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21423 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21425 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21426 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21427 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21428 this feature is required with `require'.")
21430 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21431 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21432 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21433 the message is decoded as normal way.
21435 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21436 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21437 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21439 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21440 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21441 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21443 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21444 Read and edit incoming mail.
21445 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21446 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21447 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21449 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21450 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21451 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21452 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21454 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21456 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21458 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21459 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21460 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21461 Instead, these commands are available:
21463 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
21464 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21465 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21466 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21467 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21468 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21469 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21470 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21471 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21472 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21473 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21474 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21475 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21476 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21477 till a deleted message is found.
21478 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21479 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21480 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21481 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21482 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21483 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21484 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21485 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21486 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21487 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21488 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21489 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21490 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21491 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21492 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21493 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21494 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21495 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21496 (label defaults to last one specified).
21497 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21498 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21499 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21500 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21501 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21502 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21503 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21504 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21505 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21507 \(fn)" t nil)
21509 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21510 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21512 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21514 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21515 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21517 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21519 ;;;***
21521 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21522 ;;;;;; (17141 4160))
21523 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21525 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21526 Edit the contents of this message.
21528 \(fn)" t nil)
21530 ;;;***
21532 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21533 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21534 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17141 4160))
21535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21537 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21538 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21539 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21541 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21543 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21544 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21545 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21547 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21549 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21550 Not documented
21552 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21554 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21555 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21556 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21557 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21558 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21560 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21562 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21563 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21564 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21565 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21566 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21568 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21570 ;;;***
21572 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21573 ;;;;;; (17141 4160))
21574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21576 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21577 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21578 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21579 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21581 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21583 ;;;***
21585 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21586 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21587 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17141 4160))
21588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21590 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21591 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21592 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21593 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21594 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21595 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21596 a file name as a string.")
21598 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21600 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21601 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21602 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21603 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21604 buffer visiting that file.
21605 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21606 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21608 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21609 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21611 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21612 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21614 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21615 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21617 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21619 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21620 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21622 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21624 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21625 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21626 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21627 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21628 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21630 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21631 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21632 will be appended with their original headers.
21634 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21635 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21637 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21638 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21640 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21642 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21644 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21645 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21646 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21648 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21650 ;;;***
21652 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21653 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21654 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17141
21655 ;;;;;; 4160))
21656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21658 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21659 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21660 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21662 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21664 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21665 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21666 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21668 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21670 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21671 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21672 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21674 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21676 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21677 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21678 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21680 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21682 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21683 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21684 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21686 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21688 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21689 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21690 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21692 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21694 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21695 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21696 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21697 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21699 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21701 ;;;***
21703 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21704 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21705 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21706 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21707 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17141 4162))
21708 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21710 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21711 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21713 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21715 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21716 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21718 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21720 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21721 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21723 \(fn)" t nil)
21725 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21726 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21727 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21729 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21731 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21732 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21733 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21734 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21735 only look in the To and From fields.
21736 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21738 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21740 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21741 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21742 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21743 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21744 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21746 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21748 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21749 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21750 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21751 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21752 look in the whole message.
21753 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21755 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21757 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21758 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21759 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21761 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21763 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21764 *Function to decode summary-line.
21766 By default, `identity' is set.")
21768 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21770 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21771 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21772 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21773 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21774 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21775 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21776 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21778 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21779 sent by you under different user names.
21780 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21782 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21784 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21786 ;;;***
21788 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21789 ;;;;;; (17141 85))
21790 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21792 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21793 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21794 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21795 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21797 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21799 ;;;***
21801 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21802 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17141 22928))
21803 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21805 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21806 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
21808 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
21810 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
21811 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
21813 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21815 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
21816 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
21818 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21820 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
21821 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
21822 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
21824 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
21825 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
21826 in rot 13.
21828 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
21830 \(fn)" t nil)
21832 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
21833 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
21835 \(fn)" t nil)
21837 ;;;***
21839 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21840 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21841 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21842 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21843 ;;;;;; (17141 85))
21844 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21846 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21847 *This variable is obsolete.")
21849 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21851 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21852 *This variable is obsolete.")
21854 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21856 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21857 *This variable is obsolete.")
21859 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21861 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21862 *This variable is obsolete.")
21864 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21866 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21867 *This variable is obsolete.")
21869 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21871 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21872 *This variable is obsolete.")
21874 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21876 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21877 This function is obsolete.
21879 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21881 ;;;***
21883 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17097
21884 ;;;;;; 55605))
21885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21887 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21888 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21892 ;;;***
21894 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17141
21895 ;;;;;; 39))
21896 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21898 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21899 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21900 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21901 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21903 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21905 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21906 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21907 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21908 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21910 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21911 notation.
21913 STRING
21914 matches string STRING literally.
21916 CHAR
21917 matches character CHAR literally.
21919 `not-newline', `nonl'
21920 matches any character except a newline.
21922 `anything'
21923 matches any character
21925 `(any SET ...)'
21926 `(in SET ...)'
21927 `(char SET ...)'
21928 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21929 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21930 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21932 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21933 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21934 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21935 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21937 `(not (any SET ...))'
21938 matches any character not in SET ...
21940 `line-start', `bol'
21941 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21942 in the text being matched
21944 `line-end', `eol'
21945 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21947 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21948 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21949 string being matched against.
21951 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21952 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21953 string being matched against.
21955 `buffer-start'
21956 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21957 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21959 `buffer-end'
21960 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21961 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21963 `point'
21964 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21966 `word-start', `bow'
21967 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21968 word.
21970 `word-end', `eow'
21971 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21973 `word-boundary'
21974 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21975 word.
21977 `(not word-boundary)'
21978 `not-word-boundary'
21979 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21980 word.
21982 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21983 matches 0 through 9.
21985 `control', `cntrl'
21986 matches ASCII control characters.
21988 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
21989 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
21991 `blank'
21992 matches space and tab only.
21994 `graphic', `graph'
21995 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
21996 space, and DEL.
21998 `printing', `print'
21999 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
22000 and DEL.
22002 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
22003 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22004 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22006 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
22007 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22008 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
22010 `ascii'
22011 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
22013 `nonascii'
22014 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
22016 `lower', `lower-case'
22017 matches anything lower-case.
22019 `upper', `upper-case'
22020 matches anything upper-case.
22022 `punctuation', `punct'
22023 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
22024 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
22026 `space', `whitespace', `white'
22027 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
22029 `word', `wordchar'
22030 matches anything that has word syntax.
22032 `not-wordchar'
22033 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
22035 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
22036 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
22037 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
22038 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
22040 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
22041 `punctuation' (\\s.)
22042 `word' (\\sw)
22043 `symbol' (\\s_)
22044 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
22045 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
22046 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
22047 `string-quote' (\\s\")
22048 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
22049 `escape' (\\s\\)
22050 `character-quote' (\\s/)
22051 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22052 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22053 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22054 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22056 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22057 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22059 `(category CATEGORY)'
22060 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22061 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22063 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22064 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22065 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22066 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22067 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
22068 `symbol' (\\c5)
22069 `digit' (\\c6)
22070 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22071 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22072 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22073 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22074 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22075 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22076 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22077 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22078 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22079 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22080 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22081 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22082 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22083 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22084 `ascii' (\\ca)
22085 `arabic' (\\cb)
22086 `chinese' (\\cc)
22087 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
22088 `greek' (\\cg)
22089 `korean' (\\ch)
22090 `indian' (\\ci)
22091 `japanese' (\\cj)
22092 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22093 `latin' (\\cl)
22094 `lao' (\\co)
22095 `tibetan' (\\cq)
22096 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22097 `thai' (\\ct)
22098 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22099 `hebrew' (\\cw)
22100 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
22101 `can-break' (\\c|)
22103 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22104 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22106 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22107 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22108 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22109 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22110 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22112 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22113 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22114 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22115 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22117 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22118 another name for `submatch'.
22120 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22121 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22122 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22123 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22124 regular expression.
22126 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22127 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22128 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22129 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22130 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22132 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22133 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22135 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22136 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22138 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22139 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
22140 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22142 `(* SEXP ...)'
22143 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22144 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22146 `(*? SEXP ...)'
22147 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22148 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22150 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22151 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
22152 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22154 `(+ SEXP ...)'
22155 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22157 `(+? SEXP ...)'
22158 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22160 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22161 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22162 `(opt SEXP ...)'
22163 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22165 `(? SEXP ...)'
22166 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22168 `(?? SEXP ...)'
22169 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22171 `(repeat N SEXP)'
22172 `(= N SEXP ...)'
22173 matches N occurrences.
22175 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
22176 matches N or more occurrences.
22178 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22179 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22180 matches N to M occurrences.
22182 `(backref N)'
22183 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22185 `(backref N)'
22186 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22188 `(backref N)'
22189 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22191 `(eval FORM)'
22192 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22193 `regexp-quote' it.
22195 `(regexp REGEXP)'
22196 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22198 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22200 ;;;***
22202 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22203 ;;;;;; (17134 4642))
22204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22206 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22207 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22208 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22210 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22211 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22212 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22213 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22214 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22215 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22216 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22217 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22219 Commands:
22220 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22221 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22222 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22223 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22224 if that value is non-nil.
22226 \(fn)" t nil)
22228 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22229 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22230 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22232 Commands:
22233 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22234 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22235 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22236 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22237 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22238 that variable's value is a string.
22240 \(fn)" t nil)
22242 ;;;***
22244 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22245 ;;;;;; (17141 6834))
22246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22248 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22249 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22250 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22252 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22254 \(fn)" t nil)
22256 ;;;***
22258 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17141
22259 ;;;;;; 85))
22260 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22262 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22263 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22264 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22265 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22267 Interesting variables:
22269 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22270 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22272 `scribe-electric-quote'
22273 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22275 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22276 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22277 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22279 \(fn)" t nil)
22281 ;;;***
22283 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22284 ;;;;;; (17141 22930))
22285 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22287 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22288 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22289 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22290 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22291 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22293 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22295 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22297 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22298 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22299 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22300 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22301 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22305 ;;;***
22307 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22308 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-citation-hook
22309 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
22310 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
22311 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
22312 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
22313 ;;;;;; (17144 6947))
22314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22316 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22317 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22319 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22320 king@grassland.com
22321 If `parens', they look like:
22322 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22323 If `angles', they look like:
22324 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22325 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22326 derived from the envelope-from address.
22328 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22329 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22330 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22331 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22333 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22335 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22336 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22337 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22338 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22340 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22341 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22342 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22343 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22345 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22347 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22348 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22349 This is done when the message is initialized,
22350 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22352 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22354 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22355 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22356 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22358 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22360 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22361 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22363 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22365 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
22366 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22367 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22368 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22369 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22370 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22371 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22373 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22375 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22376 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22378 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22380 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22381 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22382 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22384 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22386 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22387 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22388 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22389 when you first send mail.")
22391 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22393 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22394 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22395 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22396 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22397 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22399 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22401 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22402 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22403 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22404 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22405 This file need not actually exist.")
22407 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22409 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22410 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22411 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22412 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22413 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22414 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22415 in the cited portion of the message.
22417 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22418 instead of no action.")
22420 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22422 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22423 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22424 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22425 If a string, that string is inserted.
22426 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22427 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22428 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22429 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22431 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22433 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22434 *Directory for mail buffers.
22435 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22436 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22438 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22440 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22441 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22442 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22443 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22444 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22445 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22446 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22447 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22448 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22449 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22450 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22451 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22452 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22453 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22454 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22455 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22456 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22458 \(fn)" t nil)
22460 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22461 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22463 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22464 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22466 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22468 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22469 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22470 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22471 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22472 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22473 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22475 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22476 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22477 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22479 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
22480 User should not set this variable manually,
22481 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
22482 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22483 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22484 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22486 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22487 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22488 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22489 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22491 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22492 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22494 \\<mail-mode-map>
22495 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22497 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22498 to move to message header fields:
22499 \\{mail-mode-map}
22501 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22502 when the message is initialized.
22504 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22505 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22507 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22508 is inserted.
22510 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22511 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22513 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
22514 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
22516 The second through fifth arguments,
22517 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22518 the initial contents of those header fields.
22519 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22520 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22521 original message being replied to, or else an action
22522 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22523 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22524 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22525 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22526 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22527 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22529 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22531 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22532 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22534 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22536 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22537 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22539 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22541 ;;;***
22543 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
22544 ;;;;;; (17141 22933))
22545 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22547 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
22548 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
22549 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
22550 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
22551 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
22552 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
22554 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
22556 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
22558 (defvar server-mode nil "\
22559 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
22560 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22562 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
22564 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
22566 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22568 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
22569 Toggle Server mode.
22570 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22571 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
22572 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
22574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22576 ;;;***
22578 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17141 22939))
22579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
22581 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
22582 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
22583 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
22585 Key definitions:
22586 \\{ses-mode-map}
22587 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
22588 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
22589 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
22590 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
22592 \(fn)" t nil)
22594 ;;;***
22596 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
22597 ;;;;;; (17141 218))
22598 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
22600 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22601 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22602 Makes > match <.
22603 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22604 `sgml-quick-keys'.
22606 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22607 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22608 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22610 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22611 your `.emacs' file.
22613 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22615 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22616 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22617 \\{sgml-mode-map}
22619 \(fn)" t nil)
22621 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22623 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22624 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22625 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22626 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22627 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22628 which this is based.
22630 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22632 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22633 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22634 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22635 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22637 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22638 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22639 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22641 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22642 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22643 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
22644 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22646 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22647 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22648 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22649 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22651 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22653 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22654 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
22655 To work around that, do:
22656 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22658 \\{html-mode-map}
22660 \(fn)" t nil)
22662 ;;;***
22664 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22665 ;;;;;; (17109 3772))
22666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22668 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22669 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22670 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22671 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22672 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22673 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22675 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22676 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22677 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22678 shell-specific features.
22680 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22681 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22682 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22684 \\[sh-case] case statement
22685 \\[sh-for] for loop
22686 \\[sh-function] function definition
22687 \\[sh-if] if statement
22688 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22689 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22690 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22691 \\[sh-select] select loop
22692 \\[sh-until] until loop
22693 \\[sh-while] while loop
22695 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
22696 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
22697 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
22698 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
22699 would indent to the way it currently is.
22700 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
22701 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
22704 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
22705 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
22706 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
22707 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
22708 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
22709 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
22711 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
22712 {, (, [, ', \", `
22713 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
22715 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
22716 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
22717 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
22719 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
22720 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
22722 \(fn)" t nil)
22724 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
22726 ;;;***
22728 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17141 6836))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
22731 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
22732 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
22733 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
22734 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
22735 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
22736 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
22738 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
22740 ;;;***
22742 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
22743 ;;;;;; (17141 39))
22744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
22746 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
22747 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
22749 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
22750 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
22751 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
22752 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
22753 the earlier.
22755 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
22757 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
22759 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
22760 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
22761 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
22763 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
22764 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
22766 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
22767 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
22768 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
22769 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
22770 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
22771 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
22772 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
22773 emacs version).
22775 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
22776 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
22777 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
22778 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
22779 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
22781 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
22782 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
22783 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
22785 \(fn)" t nil)
22787 ;;;***
22789 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
22790 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17141
22791 ;;;;;; 22940))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
22794 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
22795 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
22796 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
22797 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
22798 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
22799 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
22800 in the cluster.
22802 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
22804 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
22805 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
22806 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
22807 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
22808 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
22810 \(fn)" t nil)
22812 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
22813 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
22814 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
22815 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
22816 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
22817 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
22818 `shadow-define-cluster').
22820 \(fn)" t nil)
22822 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
22823 Set up file shadowing.
22825 \(fn)" t nil)
22827 ;;;***
22829 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
22830 ;;;;;; (17141 22941))
22831 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
22833 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
22834 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
22835 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
22836 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
22837 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
22838 arguments.")
22840 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
22842 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
22843 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
22844 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
22845 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
22846 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
22847 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
22848 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
22849 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
22850 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
22851 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
22852 discards input when it starts up.)
22853 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
22854 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
22855 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
22857 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22858 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22859 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22860 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
22861 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22862 `default-process-coding-system'.
22864 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
22865 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22866 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22867 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22869 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
22871 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22872 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22874 ;;;***
22876 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22877 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17141 6839))
22878 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22880 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22881 Not documented
22883 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22885 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22886 Not documented
22888 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22890 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22891 Not documented
22893 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22895 ;;;***
22897 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22898 ;;;;;; (17141 6839))
22899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22901 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22902 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22903 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22904 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22905 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22907 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22909 \(fn)" t nil)
22911 ;;;***
22913 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17134
22914 ;;;;;; 4645))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22917 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22918 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22919 \\{simula-mode-map}
22920 Variables controlling indentation style:
22921 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22922 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22923 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22924 `simula-indent-level'
22925 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22926 `simula-substatement-offset'
22927 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22928 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22929 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22930 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22931 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22932 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22933 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22934 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22935 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22936 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22937 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22938 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22939 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22940 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22941 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22942 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22943 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22944 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22945 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22946 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22947 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22948 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22949 or nil if they should not be changed.
22950 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22951 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22952 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22953 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22955 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
22956 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
22958 \(fn)" t nil)
22960 ;;;***
22962 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
22963 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17141 22955))
22964 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
22966 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
22967 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
22969 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
22970 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
22971 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
22972 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
22974 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
22976 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
22977 Insert SKELETON.
22978 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
22979 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
22980 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
22981 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
22982 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
22984 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
22985 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
22987 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
22989 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
22990 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
22992 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
22993 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
22994 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
22995 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
22997 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
22998 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
22999 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
23000 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
23002 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
23003 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
23004 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
23006 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
23007 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
23009 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
23010 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
23012 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
23013 _ interesting point, interregion here
23014 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
23015 interesting point set by _
23016 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
23017 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
23018 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
23019 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
23020 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
23021 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
23022 nil skipped
23024 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
23025 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
23027 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
23028 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
23029 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
23030 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
23031 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
23032 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
23033 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
23034 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
23036 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
23037 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
23038 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
23039 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
23040 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
23041 available:
23043 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
23044 then: insert previously read string once more
23045 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
23046 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
23047 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
23049 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
23050 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23052 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23054 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23055 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23057 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23058 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23059 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23060 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23061 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23062 such as backslash.
23064 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23065 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23066 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23068 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23070 ;;;***
23072 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23073 ;;;;;; (17141 22955))
23074 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23076 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23077 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23078 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23079 buffer names.
23081 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23083 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23084 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23085 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23087 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23089 ;;;***
23091 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23092 ;;;;;; (17141 6839))
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23095 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23096 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23097 A list of images is returned.
23099 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23101 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23102 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23103 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23105 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23107 ;;;***
23109 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23110 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17114 31645))
23111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23113 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23114 Not documented
23116 \(fn)" nil nil)
23118 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23119 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23123 ;;;***
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17134 16334))
23126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23128 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23129 Play the Snake game.
23130 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23132 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23134 Snake mode keybindings:
23135 \\<snake-mode-map>
23136 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23137 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23138 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23139 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23140 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23141 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23142 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23144 \(fn)" t nil)
23146 ;;;***
23148 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23149 ;;;;;; (17134 16291))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23152 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23153 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23154 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23155 Tab indents for C code.
23156 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23157 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23158 \\{snmp-mode-map}
23159 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23160 `snmp-mode-hook'.
23162 \(fn)" t nil)
23164 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23165 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23166 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23167 Tab indents for C code.
23168 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23169 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23170 \\{snmp-mode-map}
23171 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23172 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23174 \(fn)" t nil)
23176 ;;;***
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23179 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23180 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17097 30014))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23183 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23184 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23186 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23187 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23188 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23190 For example, the form
23192 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23193 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23195 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23197 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23199 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23200 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23202 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23203 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23204 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23205 York City.
23207 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23209 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23211 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23212 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23214 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23215 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23216 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23217 York City.
23219 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23221 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23223 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23224 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23225 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23226 pair.
23228 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23230 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23232 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23233 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23234 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23236 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23237 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23239 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23243 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23244 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23245 Requires floating point.
23247 \(fn)" nil nil)
23249 ;;;***
23251 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17134
23252 ;;;;;; 16335))
23253 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23255 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23256 Play Solitaire.
23258 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23259 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23260 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23261 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23262 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23263 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23264 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23265 check after each move or undo)
23267 What is Solitaire?
23269 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23270 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23271 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23273 Le Solitaire
23274 ============
23276 o o o
23278 o o o
23280 o o o o o o o
23282 o o o . o o o
23284 o o o o o o o
23286 o o o
23288 o o o
23290 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23291 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23292 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23293 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23295 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23296 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23297 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23298 this: o o .
23300 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23301 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23303 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23305 o o o
23307 . o o
23309 o o . o o o o
23311 o . o o o o o
23313 o o o o o o o
23315 o o o
23317 o o o
23319 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23321 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23323 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23325 ;;;***
23327 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23328 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23329 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17141 22957))
23330 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23332 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23333 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23335 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23336 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23337 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23338 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23339 contiguous.
23341 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23342 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23343 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23344 the sort order.
23346 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23347 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23349 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23350 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23351 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23352 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23353 is called.
23355 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23356 It should move point to the end of the record.
23358 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23359 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23360 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23361 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23362 starts at the beginning of the record.
23364 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23365 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23366 same as ENDRECFUN.
23368 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23369 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23371 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23373 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23374 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23375 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23376 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23377 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23378 the sort order.
23380 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23382 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23383 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23384 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23385 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23386 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23387 the sort order.
23389 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23391 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23392 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23393 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23394 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23395 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23396 the sort order.
23398 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23400 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23401 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23402 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23403 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23404 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23405 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23406 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23407 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23408 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23410 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23412 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23413 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23414 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23415 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23416 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23417 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23418 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23419 the sort order.
23421 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23423 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23424 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23425 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23426 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23427 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23428 is to be used for sorting.
23429 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23430 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23431 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23432 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23433 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23435 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23437 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23438 the sort order.
23440 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23441 starting with the letter \"f\",
23442 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23444 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23446 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23447 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23448 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23449 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23450 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23451 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23452 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23453 the sort order.
23455 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23456 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23457 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23458 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23459 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23461 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23463 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23464 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23465 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23467 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23469 ;;;***
23471 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17141
23472 ;;;;;; 6845))
23473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23475 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23476 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23478 \(fn)" t nil)
23480 ;;;***
23482 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23483 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23484 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17141 6839))
23485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23487 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23488 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23490 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23491 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23492 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23494 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23496 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23497 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23498 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23499 server.
23501 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23503 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23504 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23505 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23507 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23509 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23510 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23511 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23512 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23513 Agent is plugged.
23515 \(fn)" t nil)
23517 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23518 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23519 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23520 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23522 \(fn)" t nil)
23524 ;;;***
23526 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23527 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17141 22965))
23528 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23530 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23532 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23533 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23534 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23535 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23536 supported at a time.
23537 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23538 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23540 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23542 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23543 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23544 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23545 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23547 \(fn)" t nil)
23549 ;;;***
23551 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
23552 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17141 218))
23553 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
23555 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
23557 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
23558 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
23559 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
23560 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
23561 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
23562 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
23564 \(fn)" t nil)
23566 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
23567 Check spelling of word at or before point.
23568 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
23569 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
23571 \(fn)" t nil)
23573 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
23574 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
23575 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
23576 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
23577 for example, \"word\".
23579 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
23581 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
23582 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
23584 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23586 ;;;***
23588 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17134
23589 ;;;;;; 16337))
23590 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
23592 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
23593 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
23595 \(fn)" t nil)
23597 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
23598 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
23600 \(fn)" nil nil)
23602 ;;;***
23604 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
23605 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
23606 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
23607 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17144
23608 ;;;;;; 58058))
23609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
23611 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
23612 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
23614 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
23615 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
23616 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
23617 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
23618 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
23619 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
23620 of the current highlighting list.
23622 For example:
23624 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
23625 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
23627 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
23628 `_t' as data types.
23630 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
23632 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
23633 Show short help for the SQL modes.
23635 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
23636 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
23638 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
23640 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
23641 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
23642 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
23644 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23646 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23647 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23648 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23649 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23650 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23651 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23652 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
23653 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23654 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23656 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23658 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23659 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23660 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23661 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23663 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23664 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23665 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23666 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23668 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23669 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23670 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23672 \(fn)" t nil)
23674 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23675 Major mode to edit SQL.
23677 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23678 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23679 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23681 \\{sql-mode-map}
23682 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23684 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23685 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23686 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23687 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23688 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23689 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23691 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23692 `sql-interactive-mode'.
23694 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
23695 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
23696 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
23698 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
23699 (lambda ()
23700 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
23702 \(fn)" t nil)
23704 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
23705 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
23707 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23708 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23709 `*SQL*'.
23711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23713 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
23715 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
23716 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
23718 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23719 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23720 `*SQL*'.
23722 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
23723 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23724 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
23725 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
23727 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23728 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23730 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23731 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23732 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23733 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23734 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23735 `default-process-coding-system'.
23737 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23739 \(fn)" t nil)
23741 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
23742 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
23744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23746 `*SQL*'.
23748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
23749 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
23750 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23751 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
23753 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23756 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23757 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23758 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23759 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23760 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23761 `default-process-coding-system'.
23763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23765 \(fn)" t nil)
23767 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
23768 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
23770 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23771 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23772 `*SQL*'.
23774 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
23775 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23777 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23778 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23780 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23781 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23782 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23783 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23784 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23785 `default-process-coding-system'.
23787 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23789 \(fn)" t nil)
23791 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
23792 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
23794 SQLite is free software.
23796 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23797 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23798 `*SQL*'.
23800 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
23801 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23802 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23803 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
23805 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23806 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23808 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23809 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23810 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23811 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23812 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23813 `default-process-coding-system'.
23815 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23817 \(fn)" t nil)
23819 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
23820 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
23822 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
23824 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23825 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23826 `*SQL*'.
23828 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
23829 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23830 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23831 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
23833 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23834 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23838 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23841 `default-process-coding-system'.
23843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23845 \(fn)" t nil)
23847 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
23848 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
23850 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23851 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23852 `*SQL*'.
23854 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
23855 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
23856 defaults, if set.
23858 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23859 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23861 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23862 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23863 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23864 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23865 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23866 `default-process-coding-system'.
23868 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23870 \(fn)" t nil)
23872 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
23873 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
23875 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23876 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23877 `*SQL*'.
23879 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
23880 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23882 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23883 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23885 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23886 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23887 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23888 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23889 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23890 `default-process-coding-system'.
23892 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23894 \(fn)" t nil)
23896 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
23897 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
23899 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23900 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23901 `*SQL*'.
23903 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
23904 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
23905 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
23906 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
23908 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23909 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23911 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23912 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23913 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23914 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23915 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23916 `default-process-coding-system'.
23918 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23920 \(fn)" t nil)
23922 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23923 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23925 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23926 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23927 `*SQL*'.
23929 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23930 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23931 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23932 `sql-postgres-options'.
23934 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23935 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23937 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23938 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23939 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23940 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23941 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23942 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23943 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23944 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23946 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23947 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23949 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23951 \(fn)" t nil)
23953 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23954 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
23956 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23957 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23958 `*SQL*'.
23960 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
23961 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23962 defaults, if set.
23964 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23965 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23967 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23968 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23969 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23970 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23971 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23972 `default-process-coding-system'.
23974 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23976 \(fn)" t nil)
23978 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
23979 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
23981 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23982 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23983 `*SQL*'.
23985 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
23986 automatic login.
23988 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23989 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23991 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
23992 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
23993 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
23994 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
23996 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23997 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23998 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23999 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
24000 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24001 `default-process-coding-system'.
24003 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24005 \(fn)" t nil)
24007 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
24008 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
24010 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
24011 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
24012 `*SQL*'.
24014 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
24015 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
24016 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
24017 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
24018 parameters.
24020 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
24021 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
24022 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
24023 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
24024 an empty password.
24026 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
24027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
24029 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
24031 \(fn)" t nil)
24033 ;;;***
24035 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
24036 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
24037 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
24038 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
24039 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17141
24040 ;;;;;; 22973))
24041 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
24043 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
24044 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
24045 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
24046 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
24047 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
24048 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
24050 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24052 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24054 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24055 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24056 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24057 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24058 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24059 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24060 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24062 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24064 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24065 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24066 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24067 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24068 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24069 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24070 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24072 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24074 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24075 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24076 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24078 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24080 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24081 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24082 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24084 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24086 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24087 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24089 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24091 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24092 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24094 \(fn)" t nil)
24096 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24097 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24099 \(fn)" t nil)
24101 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24102 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24103 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24104 chronologically by command name.
24105 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24107 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24109 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24110 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24111 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24112 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24113 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24115 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24117 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24119 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24120 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24121 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24122 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24123 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24124 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24125 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24127 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24128 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24129 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24130 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24132 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24134 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24136 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24137 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24138 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24139 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24141 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24143 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24144 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24146 \(fn)" t nil)
24148 ;;;***
24150 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24151 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
24152 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24154 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24155 Studlify-case the region.
24157 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24159 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24160 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24162 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24164 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24165 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24167 \(fn)" t nil)
24169 ;;;***
24171 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24172 ;;;;;; (17144 58011))
24173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24175 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24176 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24177 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24178 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24179 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24180 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24181 original message but it does require a few things:
24183 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24185 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24186 reply buffer.
24188 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24189 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24190 original message.
24192 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24194 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24196 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24197 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24198 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24200 \(fn)" nil nil)
24202 ;;;***
24204 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (17141
24205 ;;;;;; 42))
24206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
24208 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
24209 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
24210 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
24211 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
24212 Point is at POS when this function returns.
24214 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
24216 ;;;***
24218 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17141 22983))
24219 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24221 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24222 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24223 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24224 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24225 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24227 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24229 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24230 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24231 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24232 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24233 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24234 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24235 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24237 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24239 ;;;***
24241 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24242 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24243 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24244 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24245 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24246 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24247 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24248 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24249 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24250 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24251 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24252 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24253 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17141 228))
24254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24256 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24257 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24258 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24260 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24262 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24263 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24265 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24267 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24268 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24270 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24272 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24273 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24275 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24277 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24278 Insert an editable text table.
24279 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24280 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24281 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24282 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24283 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24284 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24285 delimiting them.
24287 Examples:
24289 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24291 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24292 location of point.
24296 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24297 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24298 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24299 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24300 first cell.
24302 +-----+-----+-----+
24303 |-!- | | |
24304 +-----+-----+-----+
24306 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24308 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24309 width, which results as
24311 +--------------+-----+-----+
24312 |-!- | | |
24313 +--------------+-----+-----+
24315 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24316 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24318 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24319 | | |-!- |
24320 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24322 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24323 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24324 width information to `table-insert'.
24326 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24328 instead of
24330 Cell width(s): 5
24332 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24333 work all together.
24335 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24336 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24338 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24339 |-!- | | |
24340 | | | |
24341 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24343 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24345 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24346 |-!- | | |
24347 | | | |
24348 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24349 | | | |
24350 | | | |
24351 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24353 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24355 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24356 | | | |
24357 | | | |
24358 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24359 | | | |
24360 | | | |
24361 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24364 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24365 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24366 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24368 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24369 | | | |
24370 | | | |
24371 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24372 | | | |
24373 | | | |
24374 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24375 |-!- | | |
24376 | | | |
24377 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24379 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24380 results.
24382 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24383 | | | |
24384 | | | |
24385 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24386 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24387 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24388 | | |expected results.-!- |
24389 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24390 | | | |
24391 | | | |
24392 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24394 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24396 \\{table-cell-map}
24398 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24400 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24401 Insert N table row(s).
24402 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24403 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24404 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24405 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24407 \(fn N)" t nil)
24409 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24410 Insert N table column(s).
24411 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24412 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24413 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24414 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24416 \(fn N)" t nil)
24418 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24419 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24420 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24422 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24424 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24425 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24426 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24427 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24428 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24429 all the table specific features.
24431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24433 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24434 Not documented
24436 \(fn)" t nil)
24438 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24439 Recognize all tables within region.
24440 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24441 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24442 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24443 specific features.
24445 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24447 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24448 Not documented
24450 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24452 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24453 Recognize a table at point.
24454 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24455 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24456 the table specific features.
24458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24460 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24461 Not documented
24463 \(fn)" t nil)
24465 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24466 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24467 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24468 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24469 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24470 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24471 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24473 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24475 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24476 Not documented
24478 \(fn)" t nil)
24480 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24481 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24482 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24483 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24484 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24485 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24486 specified.
24488 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24490 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24491 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24492 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24493 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24494 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24495 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24496 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24497 table structure.
24499 \(fn N)" t nil)
24501 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24502 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24503 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24504 table's rectangle structure.
24506 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24508 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24509 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24510 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24511 table's rectangle structure.
24513 \(fn N)" t nil)
24515 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24516 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24517 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24518 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24519 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24521 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24523 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24524 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24525 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24527 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
24528 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
24529 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
24530 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
24531 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
24532 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
24533 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
24535 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24536 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
24537 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
24538 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
24539 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
24540 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
24541 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24543 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
24544 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
24545 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
24546 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
24547 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
24548 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
24549 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
24550 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24552 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
24554 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
24555 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
24556 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24557 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
24559 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24561 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
24562 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
24563 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
24565 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
24567 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
24568 Split current cell vertically.
24569 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
24571 \(fn)" t nil)
24573 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
24574 Split current cell horizontally.
24575 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
24577 \(fn)" t nil)
24579 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
24580 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
24581 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
24583 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
24585 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
24586 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
24587 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
24588 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
24590 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24592 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
24593 Justify cell contents.
24594 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
24595 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
24596 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
24597 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
24599 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
24601 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
24602 Justify cells of a row.
24603 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24604 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24606 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24608 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
24609 Justify cells of a column.
24610 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24611 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24613 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24615 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
24616 Toggle fixing width mode.
24617 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
24618 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
24619 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
24621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24623 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
24624 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
24625 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
24626 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
24627 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
24628 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
24629 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
24630 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
24631 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
24632 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
24633 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
24635 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
24637 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
24638 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
24639 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
24640 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
24641 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
24642 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
24643 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
24644 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
24645 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
24646 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24647 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24648 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24649 untouched.
24651 References used for this implementation:
24653 HTML:
24654 http://www.w3.org
24656 LaTeX:
24657 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24659 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24660 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24661 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24663 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24665 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24666 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24667 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24668 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24669 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24670 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24671 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24672 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24673 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24674 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24675 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24676 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24677 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24678 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24679 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24680 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24681 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24683 Example:
24685 (progn
24686 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
24687 (table-forward-cell 15)
24688 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
24689 (table-forward-cell 16)
24690 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
24691 (table-forward-cell 1)
24692 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
24694 (progn
24695 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
24696 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
24697 (table-forward-cell 1)
24698 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
24700 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24702 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
24703 Delete N row(s) of cells.
24704 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
24705 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
24706 consists from cells of same height.
24708 \(fn N)" t nil)
24710 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
24711 Delete N column(s) of cells.
24712 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
24713 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
24714 column must consists from cells of same width.
24716 \(fn N)" t nil)
24718 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
24719 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
24720 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
24721 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
24722 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
24723 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
24724 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
24725 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
24726 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
24727 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
24728 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
24729 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
24730 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
24731 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
24732 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
24735 Example 1:
24737 1, 2, 3, 4
24738 5, 6, 7, 8
24739 , 9, 10
24741 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
24742 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
24743 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
24744 specified as 5.
24746 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24747 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
24748 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24749 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
24750 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24751 | | 9 | 10 | |
24752 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24754 Note:
24756 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
24757 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
24758 of each row is optional.
24761 Example 2:
24763 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
24764 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
24765 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
24766 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
24767 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
24769 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
24770 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
24772 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
24773 expression and raw delimiter regular
24774 expression, it parses the specified text
24775 area and extracts cell items from
24776 non-table text and then forms a table out
24777 of them.
24779 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
24780 creates a single cell table. The text in
24781 the specified region is placed in that
24782 cell.-*-
24784 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
24785 like this.
24787 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24788 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24789 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24791 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
24792 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
24793 | expression, it parses the specified text |
24794 | area and extracts cell items from |
24795 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
24796 | of them. |
24798 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
24799 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
24800 | the specified region is placed in that |
24801 | cell. |
24802 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24804 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
24805 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
24806 independently.
24808 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24809 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24810 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24811 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24812 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
24813 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
24814 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
24815 | |area and extracts cell items from |
24816 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
24817 | |of them. |
24818 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24819 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
24820 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
24821 | |the specified region is placed in that |
24822 | |cell. |
24823 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24825 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
24826 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
24827 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
24829 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
24831 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
24832 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
24833 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
24834 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
24835 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
24837 \(fn)" t nil)
24839 ;;;***
24841 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17141 22983))
24842 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
24844 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
24845 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
24847 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
24849 ;;;***
24851 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17141 22984))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
24854 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
24855 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
24856 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
24857 Letters no longer insert themselves.
24858 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
24859 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
24860 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
24862 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
24863 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
24864 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
24865 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
24867 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
24868 \\{tar-mode-map}
24870 \(fn)" t nil)
24872 ;;;***
24874 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
24875 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17097 30772))
24876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
24878 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
24879 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
24880 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
24881 Tab indents for Tcl code.
24882 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24883 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24885 Variables controlling indentation style:
24886 `tcl-indent-level'
24887 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
24888 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
24889 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
24891 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
24892 documentation for details):
24893 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
24894 Controls action of TAB key.
24895 `tcl-auto-newline'
24896 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
24897 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
24898 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
24899 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
24900 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
24902 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
24903 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
24904 already exist.
24906 Commands:
24907 \\{tcl-mode-map}
24909 \(fn)" t nil)
24911 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24912 Run inferior Tcl process.
24913 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24914 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24916 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
24918 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24919 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24920 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24922 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24924 ;;;***
24926 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17134 16291))
24927 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24928 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
24930 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24931 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24932 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24933 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
24935 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24936 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24937 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24938 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24939 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24941 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24942 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
24944 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24945 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24946 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24947 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24949 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
24951 ;;;***
24953 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17141
24954 ;;;;;; 22995))
24955 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
24957 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
24958 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
24959 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
24960 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
24961 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
24962 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
24964 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
24966 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
24967 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24968 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
24969 commands to use in that buffer.
24971 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
24973 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
24975 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
24976 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24978 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
24980 ;;;***
24982 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17141
24983 ;;;;;; 22997))
24984 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
24986 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
24987 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
24988 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
24989 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
24990 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
24991 program as keyboard input.
24993 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
24994 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
24995 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
24996 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
24998 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
24999 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
25000 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
25001 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
25002 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
25004 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
25006 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
25007 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
25008 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
25009 terminal-redisplay-interval.
25011 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
25012 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
25013 subprocess started.
25015 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
25017 ;;;***
25019 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
25020 ;;;;;; (17141 46))
25021 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
25023 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
25024 Start coverage on function under point.
25026 \(fn)" t nil)
25028 ;;;***
25030 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17134 16337))
25031 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
25033 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
25034 Play the Tetris game.
25035 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
25036 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
25037 as to form complete rows.
25039 tetris-mode keybindings:
25040 \\<tetris-mode-map>
25041 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
25042 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
25043 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25044 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
25045 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
25046 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
25047 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
25048 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25050 \(fn)" t nil)
25052 ;;;***
25054 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25055 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25056 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25057 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25058 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25059 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25060 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25061 ;;;;;; (17141 234))
25062 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25064 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25065 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25067 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25069 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25070 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25071 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25072 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25073 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25075 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25077 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25078 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25079 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25080 if it matches the first line of the file,
25081 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25083 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25085 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25086 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25087 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25088 if the variable is non-nil.")
25090 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25092 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25093 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25095 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25097 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25098 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25099 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25100 See the documentation of that variable.")
25102 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25104 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25105 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25106 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25107 See the documentation of that variable.")
25109 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25111 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25112 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25113 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25114 See the documentation of that variable.")
25116 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25118 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25119 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25120 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25121 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25122 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25124 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25126 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25127 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25128 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25129 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25131 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25133 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25134 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25135 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25137 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25139 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25140 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25141 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25142 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25144 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25146 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25147 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25148 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25149 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25151 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25153 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25154 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25155 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25156 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25158 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25159 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25160 for example,
25162 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25163 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25165 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25166 use.")
25168 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25170 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25171 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25172 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25173 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25174 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25176 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25178 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25180 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25181 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25182 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25184 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25186 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25187 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25188 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25189 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25190 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25192 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25194 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25195 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25197 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25199 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25200 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25202 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25204 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25205 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25206 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25207 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25208 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25209 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25210 says which mode to use.
25212 \(fn)" t nil)
25214 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25216 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25218 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25220 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25221 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25222 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25223 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25224 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25226 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25227 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25228 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25229 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25230 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25231 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25232 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25234 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25235 mismatched $'s or braces.
25237 Special commands:
25238 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25240 Mode variables:
25241 tex-run-command
25242 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25243 tex-directory
25244 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25245 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25246 tex-dvi-print-command
25247 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25248 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25249 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25250 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25251 tex-dvi-view-command
25252 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25253 tex-show-queue-command
25254 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25255 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25257 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25258 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25259 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25261 \(fn)" t nil)
25263 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25264 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25265 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25266 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25267 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25269 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25270 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25271 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25272 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25273 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25274 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25275 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25277 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25278 mismatched $'s or braces.
25280 Special commands:
25281 \\{latex-mode-map}
25283 Mode variables:
25284 latex-run-command
25285 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25286 tex-directory
25287 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25288 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25289 tex-dvi-print-command
25290 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25291 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25292 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25293 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25294 tex-dvi-view-command
25295 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25296 tex-show-queue-command
25297 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25298 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25300 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25301 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25302 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25304 \(fn)" t nil)
25306 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25307 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25308 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25309 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25310 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25312 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25313 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25314 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25315 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25316 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25317 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25318 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25320 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25321 mismatched $'s or braces.
25323 Special commands:
25324 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25326 Mode variables:
25327 slitex-run-command
25328 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25329 tex-directory
25330 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25331 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25332 tex-dvi-print-command
25333 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25334 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25335 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25336 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25337 tex-dvi-view-command
25338 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25339 tex-show-queue-command
25340 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25341 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25343 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25344 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25345 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25346 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25350 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25351 Not documented
25353 \(fn)" nil nil)
25355 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25356 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25358 \(fn)" t nil)
25360 ;;;***
25362 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25363 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17141 241))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25366 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25367 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25368 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25369 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25371 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25372 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25373 Info-split to do these manually.
25375 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25377 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25378 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25379 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25380 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25381 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25383 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25385 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25386 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25387 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25388 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25390 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25391 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25392 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25393 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25395 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25396 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25398 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25400 ;;;***
25402 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25403 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17141 243))
25404 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25406 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25407 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25409 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25411 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25412 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25414 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25416 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25417 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25419 It has these extra commands:
25420 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25422 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25423 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25424 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25425 modified version of TeX input format.
25427 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25428 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25429 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25430 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25432 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25433 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25434 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25435 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25436 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25437 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25438 in the Texinfo file.
25440 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25441 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25442 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25443 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25444 move forward past the closing brace.
25446 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25447 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25449 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25450 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25451 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25453 Here are the functions:
25455 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25456 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25457 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25459 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25460 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25461 texinfo-master-menu
25463 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25465 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25466 which menu descriptions are indented.
25468 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25469 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25470 in the region.
25472 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25473 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25474 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25475 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25477 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25478 be the first node in the file.
25480 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25481 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25483 \(fn)" t nil)
25485 ;;;***
25487 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25488 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25489 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25490 ;;;;;; (17097 30355))
25491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25493 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25494 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25495 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25496 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25498 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25500 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25501 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25503 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25505 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25506 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25508 \(fn)" t nil)
25510 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25511 Not documented
25513 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25515 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25516 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25517 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25518 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25519 to compose.
25521 The return value is number of composed characters.
25523 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25525 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25526 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
25528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25530 ;;;***
25532 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
25533 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25534 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17141 22998))
25535 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
25537 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
25538 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
25540 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
25542 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25543 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
25544 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25545 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25546 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25548 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25549 a symbol as a valid THING.
25551 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
25552 of the textual entity that was found.
25554 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25556 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25557 Return the THING at point.
25558 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25559 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25560 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25562 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25563 a symbol as a valid THING.
25565 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25567 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25568 Not documented
25570 \(fn)" nil nil)
25572 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25573 Not documented
25575 \(fn)" nil nil)
25577 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25578 Not documented
25580 \(fn)" nil nil)
25582 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25583 Not documented
25585 \(fn)" nil nil)
25587 ;;;***
25589 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
25590 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
25591 ;;;;;; (17141 23000))
25592 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
25594 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
25595 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
25597 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
25599 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
25600 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
25601 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
25602 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
25604 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
25606 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
25607 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
25609 \(fn)" t nil)
25611 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
25612 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
25614 \(fn)" t nil)
25616 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
25618 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
25619 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
25621 \(fn)" t nil)
25623 ;;;***
25625 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
25626 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
25627 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
25628 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
25629 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
25630 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17097 30355))
25631 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
25633 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25634 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
25635 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
25637 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
25639 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
25640 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
25642 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25644 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
25645 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
25646 The returned string has no composition information.
25648 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25650 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25651 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25653 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25655 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25656 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25658 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25660 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25661 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25662 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25663 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25665 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25667 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25668 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25669 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25670 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25672 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25674 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25675 Not documented
25677 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25679 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25680 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25681 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
25683 \(fn)" t nil)
25685 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25686 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
25687 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
25689 \(fn)" t nil)
25691 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25692 Not documented
25694 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25696 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25697 Not documented
25699 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25701 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
25702 Not documented
25704 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25706 ;;;***
25708 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
25709 ;;;;;; (17141 248))
25710 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
25712 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
25713 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
25714 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25715 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25716 parameters.
25717 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25719 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25721 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
25722 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
25723 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25724 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25725 parameters.
25726 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25728 \(fn)" t nil)
25730 ;;;***
25732 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
25733 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17145 29719))
25734 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
25736 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
25737 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
25739 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
25741 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
25742 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25743 This display updates automatically every minute.
25744 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25745 are displayed as well.
25746 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25748 \(fn)" t nil)
25750 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
25751 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
25752 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25753 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25754 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
25756 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
25758 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25760 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
25761 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25762 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
25764 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
25765 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25766 are displayed as well.
25767 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25771 ;;;***
25773 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
25774 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
25775 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
25776 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17097
25777 ;;;;;; 30014))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
25780 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25781 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25783 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25785 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
25786 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
25787 You can use `float-time' instead.
25789 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25791 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
25792 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
25794 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
25796 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
25797 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
25799 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25801 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
25802 Convert DAYS into a time value.
25804 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
25806 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
25807 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
25808 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
25810 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25812 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
25814 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
25815 Subtract two time values.
25816 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
25818 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25820 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
25821 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
25823 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25825 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
25826 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
25827 DATE should be a date-time string.
25829 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25831 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
25832 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
25833 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
25835 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
25837 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
25838 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
25840 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
25842 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
25843 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
25845 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25847 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
25848 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
25849 TIME should be a time value.
25850 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
25852 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25854 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25855 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25856 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
25858 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25860 ;;;***
25862 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25863 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17141 23000))
25864 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
25866 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25867 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25868 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
25869 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
25870 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
25871 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
25872 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
25873 look like one of the following:
25874 Time-stamp: <>
25875 Time-stamp: \" \"
25876 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
25877 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
25878 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
25879 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25880 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
25881 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
25882 template.
25884 \(fn)" t nil)
25886 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
25887 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
25888 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
25890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25892 ;;;***
25894 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
25895 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
25896 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
25897 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
25898 ;;;;;; (17097 30016))
25899 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
25901 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
25902 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
25903 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
25904 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
25905 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
25906 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
25907 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
25908 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
25909 display (non-nil means on).
25911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25913 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
25914 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25915 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
25916 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
25917 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
25918 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
25919 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25920 this function is called within a day.
25922 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25923 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25924 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25925 discover the name of the project.
25927 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25929 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25930 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25931 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25932 begun during the last time segment.
25934 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25935 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25936 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25937 discover the reason.
25939 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25941 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25942 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25943 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25944 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25945 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25947 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25949 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25950 Change to working on a different project.
25951 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
25952 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
25953 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
25954 working on.
25956 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
25958 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
25959 Ask the user whether to clock out.
25960 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
25962 \(fn)" nil nil)
25964 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
25965 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
25966 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
25968 \(fn)" t nil)
25970 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
25971 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
25972 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
25973 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
25974 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
25975 \"relative to today\".
25977 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25979 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
25980 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
25981 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
25982 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
25984 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
25986 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
25987 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
25988 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
25989 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
25990 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
25991 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
25993 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25995 ;;;***
25997 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
25998 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25999 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17141 46))
26000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
26002 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
26004 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
26005 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
26007 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
26009 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
26010 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
26012 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
26014 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
26015 Perform an action at time TIME.
26016 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26017 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
26018 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
26019 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
26020 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
26021 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26023 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26025 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26027 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
26028 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
26029 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
26030 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
26031 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26033 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26035 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26037 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
26038 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
26039 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
26040 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
26042 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
26044 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
26045 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
26046 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
26047 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
26049 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
26050 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26052 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26054 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26055 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26057 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26058 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26059 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26060 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26061 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26062 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26063 be detected.
26065 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26067 ;;;***
26069 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26070 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17097 55898))
26071 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26073 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26074 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26075 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26076 the generated Quail package is saved.
26078 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26080 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26081 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26082 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26083 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26084 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26085 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26086 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26088 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26090 ;;;***
26092 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26093 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17097
26094 ;;;;;; 30357))
26095 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26097 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26098 Not documented
26100 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26102 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26103 Not documented
26105 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26107 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26108 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26109 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26110 PATTERN regexp.
26112 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26114 ;;;***
26116 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26117 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17141 23003))
26118 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26119 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26120 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26121 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26123 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26124 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26125 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26126 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26127 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26129 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26131 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26132 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26133 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26134 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26135 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26137 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26139 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26140 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26141 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26142 in the menu in two ways:
26143 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26144 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26145 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26147 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26148 keymap or an alist of alists.
26149 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26150 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26152 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26154 ;;;***
26156 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26157 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26158 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17097 30017))
26159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26161 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26162 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26164 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
26166 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26167 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26169 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26171 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26172 Insert new TODO list entry.
26173 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26174 category.
26176 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26178 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26179 List top priorities for each category.
26181 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26182 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26184 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26185 between each category.
26187 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26189 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26190 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26191 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26192 between each category.
26194 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26196 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26198 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26199 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26201 \\{todo-mode-map}
26203 \(fn)" t nil)
26205 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26206 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26208 \(fn)" nil nil)
26210 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26211 Show TODO list.
26213 \(fn)" t nil)
26215 ;;;***
26217 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26218 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
26219 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (17134 20613))
26220 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
26222 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
26223 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
26224 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26226 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
26228 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
26230 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26232 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
26233 Toggle use of the tool bar.
26234 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
26236 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
26237 conveniently adding tool bar items.
26239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26241 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26243 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26244 Add an item to the tool bar.
26245 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26246 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26247 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26248 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26250 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26251 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26252 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26253 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26255 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26256 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26258 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26260 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26261 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26262 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26263 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26264 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26265 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26267 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26268 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26269 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26270 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26272 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26274 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26275 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26276 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26277 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26278 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26279 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26280 properties to add to the binding.
26282 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26284 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26285 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26287 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26289 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26290 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26291 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26292 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26293 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26294 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26295 properties to add to the binding.
26297 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26299 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26301 ;;;***
26303 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26304 ;;;;;; (17134 16209))
26305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26307 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26308 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26309 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26311 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26313 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26315 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26317 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26318 TPU/edt emulation.
26320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26322 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26324 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26325 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26327 \(fn)" t nil)
26329 ;;;***
26331 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26332 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17134 16209))
26333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26335 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26336 Set scroll margins.
26338 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26340 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26341 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26343 \(fn)" t nil)
26345 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26346 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26348 \(fn)" t nil)
26350 ;;;***
26352 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17141 46))
26353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26355 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26356 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26357 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26358 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26359 to a tcp server on another machine.
26361 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26363 ;;;***
26365 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26366 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17141 46))
26367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26369 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26370 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26372 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26374 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26375 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26376 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26377 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26378 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26379 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26380 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26381 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26383 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26385 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26386 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26387 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26388 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26389 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26390 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26391 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26393 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26395 ;;;***
26397 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26398 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26399 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17142 12874))
26400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26402 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26403 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26404 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26406 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26407 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26408 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26409 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26411 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26412 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26413 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26414 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26416 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26417 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26418 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26419 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26420 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26421 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26422 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26423 files which are not really tramp files.
26425 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26426 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26427 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26428 updated after changing this variable.
26430 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26432 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26434 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26435 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26436 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26437 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26439 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26440 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26441 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26442 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26444 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26445 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26446 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26448 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26449 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26450 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26451 updated after changing this variable.
26453 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26455 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26457 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26458 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26459 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26461 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26463 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26464 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26465 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26467 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26469 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26471 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26473 ;;;***
26475 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26476 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17141 252))
26477 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26478 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26479 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26480 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26482 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26483 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26484 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26485 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26486 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26487 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26488 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26492 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26493 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26494 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26495 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26497 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26499 \(fn)" t nil)
26501 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26502 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26503 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26504 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26505 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26506 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26507 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26509 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26510 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26512 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26513 \\___/\\
26514 / \\
26515 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26517 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26521 ;;;***
26523 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26524 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26525 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26526 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26527 ;;;;;; (17141 23006))
26528 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26530 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26531 Toggle typing break mode.
26532 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26534 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26536 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26538 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26539 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26541 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26543 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26544 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
26546 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
26547 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
26548 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
26550 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
26551 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
26553 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
26555 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
26556 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
26558 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
26559 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
26560 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
26561 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
26563 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
26565 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
26566 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
26567 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
26569 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
26570 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
26571 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
26572 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
26573 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
26574 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
26576 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
26577 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
26578 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
26579 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
26581 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
26582 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
26584 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
26585 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
26587 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
26589 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
26590 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
26591 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
26593 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
26594 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
26595 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
26596 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
26597 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
26598 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
26599 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
26601 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
26602 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
26604 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
26605 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
26606 reset the keystroke counter.
26608 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
26609 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
26610 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
26611 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
26613 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
26614 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
26615 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
26616 `type-break-schedule' command.
26618 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
26619 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
26620 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
26621 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
26622 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
26623 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
26624 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
26625 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
26626 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
26628 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
26629 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
26630 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
26631 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
26632 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
26634 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
26635 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
26636 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
26637 approximate good values for this.
26639 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
26640 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
26642 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26643 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26644 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26645 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26646 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26647 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26649 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26650 a typing break occur. They include:
26652 `type-break-query-mode'
26653 `type-break-query-function'
26654 `type-break-query-interval'
26656 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26658 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26659 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26660 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26661 problems.
26663 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26665 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26666 Take a typing break.
26668 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26669 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26671 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26672 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26674 \(fn)" t nil)
26676 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26677 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26678 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26679 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26681 \(fn)" t nil)
26683 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26684 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26686 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26687 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26688 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26689 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26690 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26691 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26692 average typing speed.)
26694 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26695 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26696 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26697 the computed maximum threshold.
26699 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
26700 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
26701 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
26702 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
26703 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
26705 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
26707 ;;;***
26709 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
26710 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17141 252))
26711 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
26713 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
26714 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
26715 Works by overstriking underscores.
26716 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26717 which specify the range to operate on.
26719 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26721 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
26722 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
26723 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26724 which specify the range to operate on.
26726 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26728 ;;;***
26730 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
26731 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17141 4172))
26732 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
26734 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26735 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
26736 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
26738 \(fn)" t nil)
26740 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26741 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
26742 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
26743 following the containing message.
26745 \(fn)" t nil)
26747 ;;;***
26749 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
26750 ;;;;;; (17141 4172))
26751 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
26753 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26754 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
26755 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
26756 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
26757 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
26758 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
26760 \(fn)" nil nil)
26762 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26763 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
26765 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
26767 ;;;***
26769 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17141
26770 ;;;;;; 49))
26771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
26773 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
26774 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
26775 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
26776 of symbols with local bindings.
26778 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
26780 ;;;***
26782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17141 266))
26783 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
26785 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
26787 ;;;***
26789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
26790 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17141 252))
26791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
26793 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
26794 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
26795 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
26797 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
26798 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
26799 `url-generic-parse-url'
26800 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
26801 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
26802 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
26803 realm
26804 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
26805 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
26806 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
26807 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
26808 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
26809 what type of auth to use
26810 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
26811 if one cannot be found in the cache
26813 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
26815 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
26816 Register an HTTP authentication method.
26818 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
26819 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
26820 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
26821 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
26822 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
26823 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
26824 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
26825 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
26827 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
26829 ;;;***
26831 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
26832 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17141
26833 ;;;;;; 252))
26834 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
26836 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
26837 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
26839 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
26841 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
26842 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
26844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26846 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
26847 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
26849 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
26851 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
26852 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
26854 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
26856 ;;;***
26858 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17141 252))
26859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
26861 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
26862 Not documented
26864 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26866 ;;;***
26868 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
26869 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
26870 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17141
26871 ;;;;;; 252))
26872 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
26874 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
26875 Not documented
26877 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26879 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
26880 Not documented
26882 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26884 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
26885 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
26887 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
26889 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
26890 Not documented
26892 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
26894 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
26895 Not documented
26897 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26899 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
26900 Reset the cookie saver timer.
26902 \(fn)" t nil)
26904 ;;;***
26906 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
26907 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17141 254))
26908 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
26910 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
26911 Not documented
26913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26915 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26916 Not documented
26918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26920 ;;;***
26922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17141
26923 ;;;;;; 255))
26924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26926 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26927 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26929 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26931 ;;;***
26933 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26934 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17141 258))
26935 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26937 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26938 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26940 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26942 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26943 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26944 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26945 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26947 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
26949 ;;;***
26951 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
26952 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17141
26953 ;;;;;; 258))
26954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
26956 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
26957 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
26958 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26960 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
26962 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
26964 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26966 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
26967 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
26969 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26971 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
26972 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
26973 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
26974 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
26975 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
26976 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
26977 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
26978 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
26979 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
26981 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
26983 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
26984 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
26985 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
26986 accessible.
26988 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
26990 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
26991 Not documented
26993 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
26995 ;;;***
26997 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
26998 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
26999 ;;;;;; (17141 258))
27000 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
27002 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
27003 Reset the history list timer.
27005 \(fn)" t nil)
27007 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
27008 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
27010 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
27012 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
27013 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
27014 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
27015 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
27016 user for what type to save as.
27018 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
27020 ;;;***
27022 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
27023 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17141 259))
27024 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
27026 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
27027 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
27028 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
27029 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
27030 CBARGS as the arguments.
27032 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
27034 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
27035 Not documented
27037 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27039 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
27041 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
27042 Not documented
27044 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
27046 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
27047 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
27048 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
27050 Property list members:
27052 methods
27053 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27054 supports.
27057 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27058 supported.
27060 dasl
27061 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27063 ranges
27064 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27067 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27068 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27069 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27070 Emacs/W3.
27072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27074 ;;;***
27076 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17141 259))
27077 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27079 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27080 Not documented
27082 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27084 ;;;***
27086 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17141
27087 ;;;;;; 259))
27088 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27090 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27091 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27092 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27093 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27094 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27096 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27098 ;;;***
27100 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27101 ;;;;;; (17141 259))
27102 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27104 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27105 Not documented
27107 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27109 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27110 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27112 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27114 ;;;***
27116 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27117 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17141 260))
27118 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27120 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27121 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27123 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27125 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27126 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27128 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27130 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27131 Not documented
27133 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27135 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27137 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27139 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27141 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27142 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27144 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27146 ;;;***
27148 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27149 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
27150 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27152 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27153 Not documented
27155 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27157 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27158 Not documented
27160 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27162 ;;;***
27164 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27165 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27166 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
27167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27169 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27170 Not documented
27172 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27174 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27175 Not documented
27177 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27179 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27180 Not documented
27182 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27184 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27185 Not documented
27187 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27189 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27190 Not documented
27192 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27194 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27195 Not documented
27197 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27199 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27200 Not documented
27202 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27204 ;;;***
27206 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27207 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17141 260))
27208 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27210 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27211 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27213 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27215 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27216 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27217 Format is:
27218 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27220 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27222 ;;;***
27224 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27225 ;;;;;; (17141 263))
27226 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27228 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27229 Not documented
27231 \(fn)" t nil)
27233 ;;;***
27235 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27236 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27237 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27238 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27239 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27240 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27241 ;;;;;; (17141 263))
27242 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27244 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27245 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27246 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27248 If t, all messages will be logged.
27249 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27250 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27252 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27254 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27255 Not documented
27257 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27259 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27260 Not documented
27262 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27264 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27265 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27266 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27267 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27268 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27269 & ==> &amp;
27270 < ==> &lt;
27271 > ==> &gt;
27272 \" ==> &quot;
27274 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27276 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27277 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27278 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27282 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27283 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27284 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27286 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27288 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27289 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27291 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27293 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27294 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27296 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27298 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27299 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27301 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27303 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27304 Not documented
27306 \(fn N)" nil nil)
27308 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27309 Not documented
27311 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27313 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27314 Not documented
27316 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27318 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27319 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27321 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27323 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27324 Not documented
27326 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27328 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27329 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27330 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27331 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27332 forbidden in URL encoding.
27334 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27336 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27337 Escape characters in a string.
27339 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27341 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27342 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27343 If optional variable X is t,
27344 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27346 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27348 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27349 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27350 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27352 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27354 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27355 View the current document's URL.
27356 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27357 the minibuffer.
27359 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27361 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27363 ;;;***
27365 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27366 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17141 23009))
27367 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27369 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27370 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27371 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27372 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27373 to refrain from editing the file
27374 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27375 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27376 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27377 in any way you like.
27379 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27381 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27382 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27383 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27384 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27385 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27387 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27388 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27390 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
27392 ;;;***
27394 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27395 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27396 ;;;;;; (17141 6845))
27397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27399 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27400 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27401 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27402 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27404 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27406 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27407 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27408 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27410 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27412 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27413 Uudecode region between START and END.
27414 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27416 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27418 ;;;***
27420 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27421 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27422 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27423 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27424 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27425 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27426 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17141 23031))
27427 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27429 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27430 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27431 See `run-hooks'.")
27433 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27435 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27436 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27437 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27439 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27441 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27442 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27443 See `run-hooks'.")
27445 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27447 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27448 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27450 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27452 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27453 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27455 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27457 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27458 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27459 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27460 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27461 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27462 somebody else, signal error.
27464 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27466 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27467 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27468 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27469 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27470 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27472 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27474 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27475 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27476 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27477 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27478 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27479 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27480 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27481 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27482 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27483 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27484 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27486 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27488 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27489 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27491 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27492 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27494 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27495 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27496 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27497 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27498 lock steals will raise an error.
27500 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27502 For RCS and SCCS files:
27503 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27504 control.
27505 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27506 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27507 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27508 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27509 it performs a revert.
27510 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27511 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27512 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27513 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27514 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27515 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27516 the option to steal the lock.
27518 For CVS files:
27519 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27520 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27521 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27522 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27523 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27524 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27525 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27526 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27527 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27529 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27531 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27532 Register the current file into a version control system.
27533 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27534 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27536 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27537 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27538 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
27539 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
27540 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
27541 first backend that could register the file is used.
27543 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
27545 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
27546 Display diffs between file versions.
27547 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
27548 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
27549 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
27550 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
27551 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
27552 saving the buffer.
27554 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
27556 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
27557 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27558 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27559 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27561 \(fn REV)" t nil)
27563 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27564 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27565 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27566 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27568 \(fn)" t nil)
27570 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27571 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27572 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27573 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27574 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27575 from the current branch.
27577 See Info node `Merging'.
27579 \(fn)" t nil)
27581 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27583 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27584 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27586 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27588 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27589 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27591 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27593 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27594 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27595 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27596 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27597 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27598 are checked out in that new branch.
27600 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27602 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27603 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27604 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27605 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27606 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27607 allowed and simply skipped).
27609 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27611 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27612 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27613 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27615 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27617 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27618 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27619 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27620 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27621 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27623 \(fn)" t nil)
27625 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27626 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27627 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27628 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27629 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27630 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27632 \(fn)" t nil)
27634 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27635 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27636 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27638 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27640 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27641 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27642 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27643 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27644 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27645 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27646 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27648 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27650 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27651 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27652 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27653 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27654 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27655 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27656 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27657 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27658 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27660 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27662 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27663 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27665 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27667 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27668 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27669 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27670 directory.
27672 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27674 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27675 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27676 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27678 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27679 log entries should be gathered.
27681 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27683 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27684 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
27686 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27687 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
27688 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27689 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
27690 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27691 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27693 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
27694 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
27695 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
27696 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
27697 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
27698 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
27699 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
27700 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27702 Customization variables:
27704 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
27705 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
27706 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
27707 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
27709 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
27711 ;;;***
27713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17141 23009))
27714 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
27715 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
27716 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
27717 (progn
27718 (load "vc-arch")
27719 (vc-arch-registered file))))
27721 ;;;***
27723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17141 23014))
27724 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
27725 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
27726 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27727 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27728 (load "vc-cvs")
27729 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
27731 ;;;***
27733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17141 23016))
27734 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
27735 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
27736 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
27737 (progn
27738 (load "vc-mcvs")
27739 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
27741 ;;;***
27743 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
27744 ;;;;;; (17141 23021))
27745 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
27747 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
27748 *Where to look for RCS master files.
27749 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27751 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
27752 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
27754 ;;;***
27756 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
27757 ;;;;;; (17141 23021))
27758 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
27760 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
27761 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
27762 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27764 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
27765 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
27767 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
27768 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
27769 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
27770 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
27772 ;;;***
27774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17141 23024))
27775 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
27776 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
27777 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27778 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27779 (load "vc-svn")
27780 (vc-svn-registered f)))
27782 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
27784 ;;;***
27786 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27787 ;;;;;; (17144 58085))
27788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
27790 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
27791 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
27793 Usage:
27794 ------
27796 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
27797 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
27798 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
27799 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
27800 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
27801 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
27802 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
27803 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
27804 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
27806 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
27807 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
27808 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
27809 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
27811 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
27812 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
27813 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
27814 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
27815 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
27817 Template styles can be customized in customization group
27818 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
27821 HEADER INSERTION:
27822 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
27823 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
27824 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
27827 STUTTERING:
27828 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27829 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27830 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27831 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27833 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
27834 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
27835 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
27836 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
27837 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
27840 WORD COMPLETION:
27841 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27842 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27843 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27844 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27846 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27847 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27848 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27849 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
27850 beginning with \"std\").
27852 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27853 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27854 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27855 stop.
27858 COMMENTS:
27859 `--' puts a single comment.
27860 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27861 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27862 with a comment in between.
27863 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27864 out following lines.
27865 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27866 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27868 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27869 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27870 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27871 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27872 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27873 non-nil.
27875 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27876 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27877 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27878 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27879 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27880 multi-line comments.
27883 INDENTATION:
27884 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27885 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27886 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27887 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27889 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27890 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
27891 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27892 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27894 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27895 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27896 and vice versa.
27898 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27899 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27902 ALIGNMENT:
27903 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27904 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27905 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27906 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27907 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27908 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27909 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27910 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27912 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27913 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27914 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27915 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27916 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27917 is non-nil.
27919 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27920 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27921 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27923 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27924 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27927 | CODE FILLING:
27928 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27929 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27930 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27931 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27932 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27933 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27936 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27937 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27938 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27939 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27940 command:
27942 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27945 PORT TRANSLATION:
27946 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27947 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27948 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27949 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27950 internal signal initializations (menu).
27952 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
27953 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
27954 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
27956 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
27957 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
27958 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
27959 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
27960 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
27961 | in subsequent paste operations.)
27963 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
27964 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
27965 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
27968 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
27969 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
27970 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
27971 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
27972 | association list with formals).
27975 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
27976 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
27977 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
27978 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
27979 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
27980 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
27981 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
27982 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
27983 `vhdl-testbench'.
27986 KEY BINDINGS:
27987 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
27990 VHDL MENU:
27991 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
27994 FILE BROWSER:
27995 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
27996 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
27997 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
27999 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
28000 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
28003 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
28004 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
28005 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
28006 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
28008 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
28009 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
28010 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
28012 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
28013 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
28014 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
28015 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
28017 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
28018 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
28019 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
28020 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
28021 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
28023 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
28024 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
28025 required by secondary units.
28028 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
28029 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
28030 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
28031 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
28032 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
28033 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
28034 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
28035 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
28036 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
28037 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
28038 | inputs to this component -> input port created
28039 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
28040 | outputs from this component -> output port created
28041 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
28042 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
28044 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
28045 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
28046 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
28047 | component instantiation is also supported (option
28048 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
28050 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
28051 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28052 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28053 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28054 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28056 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28057 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28059 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28062 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28063 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28064 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28065 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28066 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28067 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28068 information. New compilers can be added.
28070 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28071 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28074 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28075 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28076 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28077 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28078 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28080 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28081 command:
28083 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28084 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28085 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28087 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28088 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28089 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28090 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28091 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28092 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28093 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28095 Limitations:
28096 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28097 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28098 not (yet) supported.
28099 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28100 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28101 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28104 PROJECTS:
28105 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28106 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28107 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28108 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28109 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28110 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28111 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28112 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28114 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28115 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28116 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28117 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28118 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28119 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28120 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28121 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28122 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28123 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28124 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28127 SPECIAL MENUES:
28128 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28129 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28130 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28131 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28132 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28133 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28134 current directory for VHDL source files.
28137 VHDL STANDARDS:
28138 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28139 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28142 KEYWORD CASE:
28143 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28144 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28145 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28146 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28147 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28148 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28149 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28150 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28153 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28154 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28155 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28156 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28157 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28158 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28159 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28161 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28162 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28163 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28164 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28165 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28166 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28168 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28169 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28170 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28171 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28172 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28173 visually.
28175 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28176 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28177 highlighted if written in lower case.
28179 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28180 highlighted using a different background color if option
28181 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28183 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28184 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28185 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28186 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28187 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28190 USER MODELS:
28191 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28192 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28193 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28196 HIDE/SHOW:
28197 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28198 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28199 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28200 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28201 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28204 CODE UPDATING:
28205 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28206 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28207 Limitations:
28208 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28209 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28210 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28211 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28212 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28213 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28214 (used to obtain the port names).
28217 CODE FIXING:
28218 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28219 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28222 PRINTING:
28223 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28224 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28225 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28226 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28227 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28228 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28229 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28230 printers.
28233 OPTIONS:
28234 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28235 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28236 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28237 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28238 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28240 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28241 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28242 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28243 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28244 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28245 INSTALL file).
28247 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28248 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28251 FILE EXTENSIONS:
28252 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28253 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28254 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28256 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28259 HINTS:
28260 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28261 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28263 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28265 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28267 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28270 RELEASE NOTES:
28271 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28274 Maintenance:
28275 ------------
28277 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28278 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28280 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28282 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28283 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28284 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28285 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28287 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28288 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28289 where the latest version can be found.
28292 Known problems:
28293 ---------------
28295 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28296 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28297 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28300 The VHDL Mode Authors
28301 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28303 Key bindings:
28304 -------------
28306 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
28308 \(fn)" t nil)
28310 ;;;***
28312 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17096 12516))
28313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28315 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28316 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28317 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28318 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28320 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28321 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28322 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28323 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28324 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28326 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28327 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28329 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28331 * Limitations and unsupported features
28332 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28333 not supported.
28334 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28335 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28337 * Modifications
28338 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28339 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28340 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28341 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28342 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28343 for undoing a repeated change command.
28344 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28345 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28346 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28348 * Extensions
28349 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28350 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28351 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28352 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28353 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28354 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28355 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28356 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28358 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28360 \(fn)" t nil)
28362 ;;;***
28364 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28365 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28366 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28367 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17097 30357))
28368 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28370 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28371 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28373 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28375 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28376 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28377 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28378 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28382 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28383 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28385 \(fn)" t nil)
28387 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28388 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28389 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28390 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28392 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28394 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28395 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28399 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28400 Not documented
28402 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28404 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28405 Not documented
28407 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28409 ;;;***
28411 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28412 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28413 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17141
28414 ;;;;;; 23036))
28415 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28417 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28418 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28419 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28420 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28422 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28424 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28425 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28426 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28427 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28428 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28429 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28430 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28432 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28434 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28436 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28437 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28438 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28439 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28440 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28441 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28442 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28443 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28445 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28447 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28449 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28450 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28451 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28452 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28453 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28454 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28455 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28456 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28458 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28460 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
28462 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28463 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28464 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28465 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28466 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28467 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28468 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28470 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28472 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28473 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28474 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28476 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28478 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28479 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28480 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28481 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28482 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28483 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28484 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28485 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28487 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28489 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28490 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28491 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28493 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28495 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28496 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28497 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28498 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28499 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28500 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28501 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28502 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28504 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28506 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28507 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28508 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28510 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28512 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28513 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28514 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28516 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28517 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28518 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28519 read-only.
28520 \\<view-mode-map>
28521 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28522 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
28523 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
28524 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
28525 commands default to a repeat count of one.
28527 H, h, ? This message.
28528 Digits provide prefix arguments.
28529 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
28530 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
28531 > move to the end of buffer.
28532 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
28533 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
28534 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
28535 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
28536 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
28537 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28538 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28539 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28540 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
28541 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28542 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
28543 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
28544 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
28545 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
28546 Use this to view a changing file.
28547 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
28548 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
28549 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
28550 . set the mark.
28551 x exchanges point and mark.
28552 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
28553 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
28554 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
28555 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
28556 ' go to position saved in character register.
28557 s do forward incremental search.
28558 r do reverse incremental search.
28559 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28560 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28561 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28562 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28563 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28564 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28565 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28566 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28567 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28568 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28569 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28570 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28571 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28572 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28573 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28574 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28575 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28577 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28578 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28579 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28580 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28581 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28582 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28583 will return to that buffer.
28585 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28589 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28590 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28591 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28592 `view-return-to-alist'.
28593 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28594 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28595 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28597 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28598 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28599 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28600 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28601 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28602 1) nil Do nothing.
28603 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28604 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28605 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28606 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28608 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28610 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28612 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28614 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28615 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28617 \(fn)" t nil)
28619 ;;;***
28621 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17134
28622 ;;;;;; 16212))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28625 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28626 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28628 \(fn)" nil nil)
28630 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28631 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28633 \(fn)" t nil)
28635 ;;;***
28637 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28638 ;;;;;; (17141 11160))
28639 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28641 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28642 Toggle Viper on/off.
28643 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28645 \(fn)" t nil)
28647 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28648 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
28650 \(fn)" t nil)
28652 ;;;***
28654 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28655 ;;;;;; (17141 49))
28656 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28658 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28659 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28660 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28661 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28662 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28663 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28664 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28665 the beginning of the warning.")
28667 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28668 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28669 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28670 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28671 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28672 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28673 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28674 also call that function before the next warning.")
28676 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
28677 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
28679 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
28680 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
28681 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
28682 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
28684 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
28685 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
28686 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
28687 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28688 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
28689 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
28691 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28692 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28694 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28695 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28696 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
28697 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
28698 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
28699 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28701 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
28702 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
28704 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
28706 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
28707 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
28709 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
28711 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
28712 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28713 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28714 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
28716 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
28717 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28718 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
28719 can be whatever you like.)
28721 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28722 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28724 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28725 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28726 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
28727 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
28728 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28730 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28732 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
28733 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28734 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28735 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
28736 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
28738 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28740 ;;;***
28742 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
28743 ;;;;;; (17141 23042))
28744 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
28746 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
28747 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
28748 \\<wdired-mode-map>
28749 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
28750 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
28751 in disk.
28753 See `wdired-mode'.
28755 \(fn)" t nil)
28757 ;;;***
28759 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17134 16307))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
28762 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
28763 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
28765 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
28766 hotlist.
28768 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
28769 <nwv@acm.org>.
28771 \(fn)" t nil)
28773 ;;;***
28775 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
28776 ;;;;;; (17134 4682))
28777 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
28778 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
28779 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
28781 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
28783 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
28784 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
28785 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28787 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
28789 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
28791 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28793 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
28794 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
28795 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
28796 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
28798 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
28799 and off otherwise.
28801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28803 ;;;***
28805 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
28806 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
28807 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
28808 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
28809 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
28810 ;;;;;; (17141 23042))
28811 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
28813 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
28814 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
28816 \(fn)" t nil)
28818 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
28819 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
28821 \(fn)" t nil)
28823 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
28824 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
28826 \(fn)" t nil)
28828 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
28829 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
28831 \(fn)" t nil)
28833 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
28834 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
28836 \(fn)" t nil)
28838 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28839 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28840 These are:
28841 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28842 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28843 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28844 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28845 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28847 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28848 and:
28849 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28850 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28852 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28854 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28855 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28857 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28859 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28860 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28862 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
28863 whitespace problems.
28865 \(fn)" t nil)
28867 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28868 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28870 \(fn S E)" t nil)
28872 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28874 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28875 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28876 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28878 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
28880 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28882 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28884 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28885 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28886 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28888 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28889 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28893 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28894 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28895 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28897 \(fn)" t nil)
28899 ;;;***
28901 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28902 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17141 23042))
28903 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28905 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28906 Browse the widget under point.
28908 \(fn POS)" t nil)
28910 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28911 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28913 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28915 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28916 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28918 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28920 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28921 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28922 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28926 ;;;***
28928 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28929 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17141
28930 ;;;;;; 23047))
28931 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28933 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28934 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
28936 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28938 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
28939 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
28940 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
28942 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
28944 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
28945 Create widget of TYPE.
28946 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
28948 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28950 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
28951 Delete WIDGET.
28953 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28955 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
28956 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
28958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28960 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
28961 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
28962 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
28964 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
28965 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
28967 \(fn)" nil nil)
28969 ;;;***
28971 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
28972 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17141
28973 ;;;;;; 23049))
28974 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
28976 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
28977 Select the window to the left of the current one.
28978 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28979 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28980 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
28981 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28982 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28986 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
28987 Select the window above the current one.
28988 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
28989 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
28990 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
28991 negative ARG) of the current window.
28992 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28994 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28996 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
28997 Select the window to the right of the current one.
28998 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28999 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
29000 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
29001 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
29002 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29006 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
29007 Select the window below the current one.
29008 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
29009 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
29010 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
29011 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
29012 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
29014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29016 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
29017 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
29018 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
29019 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
29021 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
29023 ;;;***
29025 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
29026 ;;;;;; (17141 23053))
29027 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
29029 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
29030 Toggle Winner mode.
29031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29032 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
29034 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
29036 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
29037 Toggle Winner mode.
29038 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
29040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29042 ;;;***
29044 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
29045 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17141 23061))
29046 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
29048 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
29049 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
29050 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
29051 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29052 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29053 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29054 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29055 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29057 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29058 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29060 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29062 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29063 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29065 \(fn)" t nil)
29067 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29068 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29069 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29070 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29071 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29072 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29073 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29074 `woman' command for further details.
29076 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29078 ;;;***
29080 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29081 ;;;;;; (17134 16237))
29082 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29084 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29085 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29087 BUGS:
29088 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29089 are not implemented
29090 - Options for search and replace
29091 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29092 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29094 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29095 Emacs-like.
29097 The key bindings are:
29099 C-a backward-word
29100 C-b fill-paragraph
29101 C-c scroll-up-line
29102 C-d forward-char
29103 C-e previous-line
29104 C-f forward-word
29105 C-g delete-char
29106 C-h backward-char
29107 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29108 C-j help-for-help
29109 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29110 C-l ws-repeat-search
29111 C-n open-line
29112 C-p quoted-insert
29113 C-r scroll-down-line
29114 C-s backward-char
29115 C-t kill-word
29116 C-u keyboard-quit
29117 C-v overwrite-mode
29118 C-w scroll-down
29119 C-x next-line
29120 C-y kill-complete-line
29121 C-z scroll-up
29123 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29124 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29125 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29126 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29127 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29128 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29129 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29130 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29131 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29132 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29133 C-k b ws-begin-block
29134 C-k c ws-copy-block
29135 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29136 C-k f find-file
29137 C-k h ws-show-markers
29138 C-k i ws-indent-block
29139 C-k k ws-end-block
29140 C-k p ws-print-block
29141 C-k q kill-emacs
29142 C-k r insert-file
29143 C-k s save-some-buffers
29144 C-k t ws-mark-word
29145 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29146 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29147 C-k v ws-move-block
29148 C-k w ws-write-block
29149 C-k x kill-emacs
29150 C-k y ws-delete-block
29152 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29153 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29154 C-o j justify-current-line
29155 C-o k kill-buffer
29156 C-o l list-buffers
29157 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29158 C-o r set-fill-column
29159 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29160 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29161 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29162 C-o wo other-window
29163 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29165 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29166 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29167 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29168 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29169 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29170 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29171 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29172 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29173 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29174 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29175 C-q a ws-query-replace
29176 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29177 C-q c end-of-buffer
29178 C-q d end-of-line
29179 C-q f ws-search
29180 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29181 C-q l ws-undo
29182 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29183 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29184 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29185 C-q w ws-last-error
29186 C-q y ws-kill-eol
29187 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29189 \(fn)" t nil)
29191 ;;;***
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29194 ;;;;;; (17144 6225))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29197 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29198 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29199 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29200 Returns the top node with all its children.
29201 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29202 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29204 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29206 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29207 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29208 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29209 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29210 is not well-formed XML.
29211 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29212 and returned as the first element of the list.
29213 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29215 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29217 ;;;***
29219 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17141
29220 ;;;;;; 23065))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29223 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29224 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29225 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29226 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29227 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29229 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29231 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29233 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29234 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29235 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29237 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29238 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29239 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29240 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29241 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29242 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29246 ;;;***
29248 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29249 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17141 6846))
29250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29252 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29253 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29255 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29257 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29258 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29260 \(fn)" nil nil)
29262 ;;;***
29264 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29265 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17134 16337))
29266 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29268 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29269 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29271 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29273 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29274 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29276 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29278 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29279 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29280 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29282 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29284 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29285 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29287 \(fn)" t nil)
29289 ;;;***
29291 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17134 16337))
29292 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29294 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29295 Zone out, completely.
29297 \(fn)" t nil)
29299 ;;;***
29301 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29302 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17134 16307))
29303 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29305 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29306 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29308 \(fn)" t nil)
29310 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29311 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29313 Zone-mode does two things:
29315 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29316 when saving the file
29318 - fontification
29320 \(fn)" t nil)
29322 ;;;***
29324 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29325 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29326 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29327 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29328 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29329 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29330 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29331 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29332 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29333 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29334 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29335 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29336 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29337 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29338 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29339 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29340 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29341 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29342 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29343 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el"
29344 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
29345 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
29346 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29347 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29348 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29349 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29350 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29351 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29352 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29353 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29354 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
29355 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
29356 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
29357 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29358 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
29359 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
29360 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
29361 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
29362 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
29363 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
29364 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
29365 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
29366 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
29367 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
29368 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
29369 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el"
29370 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
29371 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29372 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29373 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29374 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29375 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29376 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29377 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29378 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29379 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29380 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29381 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29382 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29383 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29384 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29385 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29386 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29387 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29388 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29389 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29390 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
29391 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
29392 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
29393 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
29394 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
29395 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
29396 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
29397 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
29398 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
29399 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
29400 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29401 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29402 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29403 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29404 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
29405 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
29406 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
29407 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
29408 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
29409 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
29410 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
29411 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
29412 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
29413 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
29414 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
29415 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
29416 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
29417 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
29418 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
29419 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
29420 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el"
29421 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
29422 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
29423 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el"
29424 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
29425 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29426 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el"
29427 ;;;;;; "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
29428 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
29429 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
29430 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
29431 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
29432 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
29433 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
29434 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
29435 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29436 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29437 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29438 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29439 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29440 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29441 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
29442 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
29443 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
29444 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
29445 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
29446 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
29447 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
29448 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
29449 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
29450 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
29451 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
29452 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
29453 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
29454 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
29455 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
29456 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
29457 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
29458 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
29459 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
29460 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
29461 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
29462 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
29463 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17146 34583 615470))
29465 ;;;***
29467 ;;; Local Variables:
29468 ;;; version-control: never
29469 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29470 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29471 ;;; End:
29472 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here